Contents

Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide PDF

1 of 436
1 of 436

Summary of Content for Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide PDF

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Version 3.2 September 2010

2010 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox, the sphere of connectivity design, and Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/ or other countries.

Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows, Microsoft Network, and Windows Server are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Novell, NetWare, IntranetWare and NDS are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.

Adobe, Acrobat, PostScript, PostScript3, and PostScript Logo are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Apple, AppleTalk, EtherTalk, LocalTalk, Macintosh, MacOS and TrueType are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

HP, HPGL, HPGL/2, and HP-UX are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation.

Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographic errors will be corrected in subsequent editions.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer i User Guide

Table of Contents

1 Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Machine components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 User Interface (UI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Customizing the User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Customizing the All Services Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Changing feature screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Common UI Touch-screen Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Optional accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Optional feeding accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Optional finishing accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Powering on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Powering off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

About the circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Power Saver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16

Exiting the Power Saver Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Customer documentation updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Additional applications/tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Xerox Extensible Interface Platform (XEIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 MeterAssistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

2 Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Copy Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Loading Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Document Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Document Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Selecting Copy Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Copy & Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Save Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Entering the Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Starting the Copy Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 If You Have Another Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Cancelling the Copy Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Changing the copy quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Interrupting the copy job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Basic Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Reduce/Enlarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Selecting More... Reduce/Enlarge Presets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Using the Variable% Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 When Independent X-Y% is Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Paper Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Paper Supply Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Table of Contents

ii Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Tray 5 (Bypass) Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 When Custom Size is Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2 Sided Copying (Making 2-sided Copies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Copy Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Image Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Original Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Lighten/Darken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Image Quality Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Original Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Image Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Background Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Layout Adjustment Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Book Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Binding Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 2 Sided Book Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Original Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Manual Size Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Mixed Size Originals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27

Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Image Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Image Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Invert Image (Mirror Image/Negative Image) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Original Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Output Format tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Booklet Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Booklet Creation - Binding Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Booklet Creation - Divide Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Booklet Creation - Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Transparency Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Page Layout (Multiple-Up/Repeat Image) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

Multiple-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Repeat Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Poster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Folding (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Single Fold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 C Fold or Z Fold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Z Fold Half Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Annotations - Comment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Annotations - Date Stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Annotations - Page Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Annotations - Bates Stamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 To Create or Edit a Bates Stamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Watermark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Tab Margin Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 Output Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 ID Card Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Job Assembly tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Build Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Table of Contents

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer iii User Guide

Segment Separators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 Sample Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 Combine Original Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Form Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Delete Outside/Delete Inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

3 Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Scan procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Generic Scan Screen Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Lighten/Darken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 2 Sided Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Original Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Scan Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

If You Have More Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Cancelling a Scan Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 E-mail Recipients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Adding E-mail Recipients: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Removing E-mail Recipients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Changing Recipient Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Message Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Advanced Settings tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Image Enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 Quality/File Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Photographs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Shadow Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Color Space. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

Layout Adjustment tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Book Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 Reduce/Enlarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Email Options tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 File Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 File Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Reply to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Split Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Scan to Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Using the Document List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Filing Options tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Network Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Filing Options tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 File Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 File Name Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Job template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Scan to PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Transfer Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Table of Contents

iv Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Filing Options tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 File Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 File Name Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

Job template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 Optional Color Scanner Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 PDF Scan Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

PDF Scan Kit benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 Compression Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 MRC High Compression Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 Sample Scans using the PDF Scan Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Searchable Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Using the PDF Scan Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 Scan to PC using the PDF Scan Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 E-mail using the PDF Scan Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Network Scanning using the PDF Scan Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52

4 Computer operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1 Network Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Printing with the PS print drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Printing with the PCL print drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

CentreWare Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Print a job from CentreWare Internet Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Copying a job with tabs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Network tab printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Network printing on tabs using the PS print drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Network printing on tabs using the PCL print drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

E-mail print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Sending e-mails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Importing scanned data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Importing from a TWAIN-compatible application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

Changing network scan driver settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Configure the display method for the scanner name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Configure the import method for scanned documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Importing from Folder Viewer2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 5 Folder Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1

Folder components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Delete Folder button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Folder Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Check Folder Passcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Delete Documents After Retrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Delete Expired Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Link Job Flow Sheet to Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

When the Delete Folder button is selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Create a folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Editing or deleting an existing folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Folder backup information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Send from Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Accessing the Send from Folder options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Document Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

Table of Contents

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer v User Guide

Job Flow Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Print/Batch Print Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Linking a Flow Sheet to a folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 6 Job Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Job Flow Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Creating a Job Flow Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Linking a Job Flow Sheet with a Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Starting a Job Flow Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Job Flow Sheet Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Confirming/Changing Job Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18

7 Stored Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Stored Programming Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

Storing a Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Deleting Stored Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Naming/Renaming a Stored Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Stored Program icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Calling a Stored Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9

8 Paper and other Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Loading Paper into Trays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Guidelines for Loading Paper into Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Additional information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Loading Paper into Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Loading Paper into Trays 1 and 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Loading Paper into Trays 3 and 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Loading Paper into Trays 6 and 7 (optional High Capacity Feeder). . . 8-6 Loading Paper into Tray 6 (optional 1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Loading paper into Tray 8 (Post-Process Inserter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Loading Tab Paper into Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Loading Tab Paper into Trays 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Loading Tab Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Loading Tab Paper into Tray 8 (Post-Process Inserter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Change/Confirm the Tray Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Change/confirm the tray settings from the All Services screen . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Change/confirm the DEFAULT tray settings (System Administration) . . . 8-17 Loading Tab Paper when the optional GBC AdvancedPunch is connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

9 Job Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Job Status Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

Active Jobs tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Completed Jobs tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Secure Print Jobs & More tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Secure Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Sample Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Delayed Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

When You Select Delayed Print - Delete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 When You Select Delayed Print - Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Table of Contents

vi Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Charge Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Printing Waiting Print Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

10 Machine Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 The Machine Information tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Current system software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 The IP address of your copier/printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 Machine Configuration... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Software Version... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Paper Tray Status.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Print Reports... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Overwrite Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Print Mode... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

PCL Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 HP-GL/2 Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

The Faults tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Current Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Current Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

The Supplies tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 The Billing Information tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-24

Accessing Billing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-24 Billing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25

Usage Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25 User Account Billing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

The Tools tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28 Create Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-29 Stored Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29 Create New Job Flow Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-29 Add Address Book Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-29 Paper Tray Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

11 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Replacing Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Checking the Status of Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Handling Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Storing Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Ordering Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Replacing Toner Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Toner Cartridge Replacement Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Toner Cartridge Replacement Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

Replacing the Waste Toner Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 Waste Toner Container Replacement Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 Waste Toner Container Removal Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6

Replacing the Staple Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8 Standard Finisher Staple Cartridge Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

Replacing the Staple Waste Container on the Standard Finisher . . . . . . . 11-9 Replacing the Booklet-Maker Staple Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11 Emptying the Punch Scrap Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12

Table of Contents

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer vii User Guide

Cleaning the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 Cleaning the Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-14 Cleaning the Document Feeder Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-17

12 Problem Solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Initial Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Machine Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3 Image Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7 Copy Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12

Unable to Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-12 The Copy result is not what was expected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13

Print Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-16 Unable to Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-16 The Printed result is not what was expected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-18

Scan Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-20 Unable to Scan with the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-20 Unable to import the scanned document into the computer . . . . . . . . . .12-21 Unable to send the scanned document over the network (FTP/SMB) . .12-22 Problems with sending E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-22 Image is not what was expected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23

Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25 Other Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-25

Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-41 Paper Jams in Trays 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-41 Paper Jams in Transport Unit 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-42 Paper Jams in Duplex Module 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-43 Paper Jams in Tray 5 (Bypass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-45 Paper Jams in optional Trays 6 and 7 (High Capacity Feeder Tray) . . . .12-46 Paper jams in optional Tray 6 (1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-47

Paper Jams in Tray 8 (Post-Process inserter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-48 Paper Jams in Lower Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-49 Paper Jams inside body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-50 Paper Jams Inside Finisher Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-52

Paper jams at lever 1a and knob 1c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-53 Paper jams at lever 1d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-54 Paper jams at lever 1b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-55

Paper Jams Inside Finisher Right Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-56 Paper jams at lever 3b and 3d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-56 Paper jams at lever 3e and knob 3c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-57 Paper jams at lever 3g and knob 3f . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-58 Paper jams at lever 4b and knob 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-59

Paper Jams at Z Folding Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-60 Paper jams at lever 2a and knob 3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-60 Paper jams at lever 2b and knob 2c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-61 Paper jams at knob 2c, levers 2e/2f and tri-fold output tray 2d. . . . 12-62 Paper jams at tri-fold output tray 2d and lever 2g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-64 Paper jams at unit 4 and knob 4a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-65

Paper Jams at Output Area of Finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-66 Paper jams at output tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-66

Table of Contents

viii Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper jams at finisher tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-67 Paper jams at booklet output tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-67

Paper Jams at the optional High Capacity Feeder Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-68 Paper jams in Lower Left Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-68 Paper jams at lever 1a and Knob 1c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-69 Paper jams at lever 1b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-70 Paper jams at lever 1d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-71

Document jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-73 Document jams at cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-73 Document jams at output area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-75

Stapler Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-76 Staple jams in the staple cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-77

Finisher staple cartridge staple jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-77 Booklet staple cartridge staple jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-78

Curled Output Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-80 De-curl button Mode and function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-81

13 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Copy specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 Print Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4

Scan specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Document feeder specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 Optional Trays 6 and 7 (HCF) specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Tray 6 (1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder) - optional . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6 Standard Finisher specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 Booklet-Maker Finisher specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9 Folding unit (Z and C) specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11 Storing paper properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-11

Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Standard Printing Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12 Extended Printing Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12

Available Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Cautions and Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-13

Notes and Restrictions on the Use of the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-13 When the Print Results Differ from the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Installing and Moving the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Meter Counts for Duplex Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Mail Server Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Network Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Mail System Environment Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Notes on Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Preventing Receipt of Unwanted E-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Notes on Receiving Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Notes on Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 Character Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14

14 Addendum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (Trays 6 and 7) . . . . . . . . . 14-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 Loading media in the OHCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2

Loading paper in the OHCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2 Loading tabs in the OHCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3

Table of Contents

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer ix User Guide

Loading transparencies in the OHCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5 Loading pre-drilled stock in the OHCF for 1-sided or 2-sided jobs . . . 14-7

Skew adjustment levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-8 OHCF problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-10

Clearing OHCF jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-10 Paper jams inside the OHCF trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-10 OHCF paper jams at lever 1a and knob 1c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-11 OHCF paper jams at lever 1b and knob 1c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-12 OHCF paper jams at lever 1d and knob 1c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13

OHCF fault codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15 OHCF specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-16

Interface Module (IM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-17 Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-17 Paper path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18 Paper curl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-18

Auto Decurler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-18 Manual Decurler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19

Jam clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-19 Interface Module jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19

Basic troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-20 Fault Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-21 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-21 Temperature and humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-21

High Capacity Stacker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-22 Identifying the Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-22 Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-23 HCS Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-23

Top Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-23 Sample Print feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-24 Unloading the Stacker Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-24

Jam Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-25 HCS Entrance Jams (E1, E2, and E3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25 HCS Transport Jams (E4, E5, and E6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-25 HCS Top Tray Jam (E7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-26 HCS Exit Jam (E8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-26

Hints and Tips for using the HCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-27 Fault Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27

Loss of power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-29 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-29

Paper guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-30 Temperature and humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-30

Table of Contents

x Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-1 User Guide

1Product overview Tip

The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your copier/printer. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the screens provided in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Machine components

No. Component Function

1 DADF Duplex Automatic Document Feeder, automatically feeds 1 and 2-sided original documents to the Document Glass.

2 Document cover Holds a document in place on the document glass.

3 User Interface The User Interface (UI) consists of the Control Panel and the Touch Screen. Refer to User Interface (UI) 1-5.

4 Document glass Place a document here in order to copy it.

5 Power switch Switches on/off the machine power.

6 Front cover Open this cover to clear paper jams and to replace the waste toner bottles.

7 Left Cover Open this cover to replace the toner cartridge.

8 Tray 1, 2, 3, 4 Contains the media used for copy or print output.

9 Bottom left cover Open this cover to remove paper jams.

10 Tray 5 (Bypass) Load nonstandard paper, such as heavy stock or other special media, that cannot be loaded in trays 1-4, or trays 6 and 7.

1

2 3

4 5

6

7

89

10

Product overview

1-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

No. Component Function

14 Left cover Open to access the top cover and to remove paper jams.

15 Top cover Open to remove paper jams.

16 Confirmation indicator This lights when a document is loaded correctly.

17 Document guides Use these guides to align the edges of the document.

18 Document feeder tray Load documents here.

19 Document output tray Retrieve scanned documents here.

20 Document Stopper Holds large document, such as 11 x 17 in./A3, in place. When not in use, position it upward.

21 Waste tonercontainer cover Open this cover when removing the waste toner bottle.

22 Waste toner container Collects used toner.

23 Fuser Fuses the printed image on the paper. The Fuser is extremely hot and will cause injury if jam clearing instructions are not followed.

24 Lever Use in order to pull out the transfer module.

25 Transfer module Copies the image from the drum to the paper.

26 Toner cartridge Provides toner for transferring the image to the paper.

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-3 User Guide

Note Throughout this guide, Standard Finisher or Booklet Maker Finisher may be referred to simply as the Finisher.

No. Component Function

27 Post-process inserter (Cover/Transparency separator tray)/Tray 8

Load paper for cover or transparency separators. Paper loaded here is not used for copying. (This tray is also known as the Interposer)

28 Decurl button When you press this button, it activates a decurling feature for the output material. This applies to lighter weight paper especially

29 Output tray Copies are delivered here when specific output features are selected, such as Automatic sorting, Collated, Uncollated, or Normal.

30 Finisher tray Receives copies when you select stapled, punched, and Z- folded copies.

31 Booklet output tray Receives copies when you select Bi-Fold or Bi-Fold + Stapling.

32 Booklet output tray button When you press this button, the booklet output tray is raised so you can retrieve booklets from the output area.

33 Right cover Open to clear paper jams, replace staples, clear jammed staples, or remove the scraps from the puncher.

34 Staple cartridges for booklet There are two staple cartridge for booklet. Remove this cartridge to replace staples and clear staple jams.

Finisher

Product overview

1-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

35 Staple cartridge Contains staples; remove this cartridge to replace staples and clear staple jams.

36 Punch scrap container Collects the scraps from the puncher. Open to remove the scraps.

37 Tri-Fold output tray (optional) Receives copies when you select Tri-Fold In or Tri-Fold out.

38 Tri-Fold output tray button Press this button to open tri-Fold output tray.

39 Left cover. Open this cover to access the machine and to clear paper jams.

40 Staple cartridge storage space An extra Staple cartridge for replacement can be stored at this location (Standard Finisher only).

No. Component Function

41 Staple cartridge Contains staples; remove this cartridge to replace staples and clear staple jams.

42 Staple waste container Container for staple waste; remove this cartridge when full (Standard Finisher only).

43 Post-process inserter (Cover/Transparency separator tray)/Tray 8

Load paper for cover or transparency separators. Paper loaded here is not used for copying.

No. Component Function

41 42

43

Inside the Finisher

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-5 User Guide

User Interface (UI) The User Interface (UI) consists of the Control Panel and Touch Screen.The following describes the names and functions of components on the control panel and Touch Screen.

No. Component Function

1 Control panel Allows keypad selection of features.

2 Touch Screen Allows selections to be made simply by touching the screen.

3 Job Status Use to view the various Job Status feature screens. Press this button to confirm or cancel currently running or completed jobs or to confirm or print saved documents.

4 Machine Status Use to select the various Machine Status features, such as, billing and consumable information.

5 Energy Saver Lights when the machine is in the Power Saver mode. To cancel the Power Saver mode, press this button.

1

14

12

13

15

8 7 6 5 4

3

91011

2

Product overview

1-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

6 Clear All Clears all programming and returns the machine to its default settings.

7 Interrupt Interrupts the printing or copy process to promote another job a higher priority. The Interrupt indicator lamp lights. Press the Interrupt button after the job is completed to resume the previous operation.

8 Press this button to stop the current copy job or communications.

9 Press this button to start the copy process.

10 Numeric keypad Press these buttons to enter the number of copies, password, and other numerical values.

11 Clear This keypad button is used to clear an erroneously entered numerical value, or if instructed to do so by the U I.

12 Language This button is used to select the machine display language.

13 Log In/Out This button is used by the System Administrator to log into the System Administration mode or Login Setup/Auditron Administration mode.

14 Brightness dial Adjusts the brightness of the Touch screen.

15 Services Press this button to access the various service screens, such as, Copy, Scan to Folder, etc.

No. Component Function

Stop

Start

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-7 User Guide

Customizing the User Interface

Your System Administrator can customize the buttons and items displayed on the All Services screen.

Customizing the All Services Screen

You can customize the types of features and the location of buttons on the All Services screen. The following illustration shows the factory default settings.

For the procedure to assign features, refer to Screen Defaults in the System Administration Guide or ask your System Administrator to make the changes for you.

Note When a feature is not available the button is not displayed. Also, if the feature is unavailable due to hardware problems, the button is grayed out.

Changing feature screen

You can customize the setting screen for the following features on the All Services screen.

Copy E-mail Scan to Folder Scan to FTP/SMB

For how to change settings, refer to Copy Mode Settings and Scan Mode Settings in the System Administration Guide.

Product overview

1-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Common UI Touch-screen Controls A majority of the Touch Screens use various controls, buttons, text boxes, etc. that are common with other screens The following information describes the names and functions of the various common components on the touch panel screens.

Screen Component/ Control Function

All Services Icon

This icon is present on most touch screens, Selecting the icon displays the All Services menu screen.

Lighten/Darken Control

Used to control the image brightness.

Keyboard Link Button

Selecting this button, causes the related Keyboard screen. This screen is used for the entry of alphanumeric characters into text fields. There are several different keyboard versions utilized in the system and their appearances have minor variations.

Document List Button

Selecting this button displays a Document List. Use this list to check or delete stored documents.

Decrease/Next

Use this button to decrease a specific value by one increment or to display the next screen in a series of screens, such as a listing.

Feature Button

Use this button to select and exercise the related option, setting or feature.

Increase/Previous

Use this button to increase a specific value by one increment or to display the previous screen in a series of screens, such as a listing.

Text-entry Box

Use this box to enter and/or display data or text that is specifically related to a feature or function.

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-9 User Guide

Cancel Button

This button cancels the current operation.

Save Button

Selecting this button causes the selected operation or changes to be saved to the machine memory.

Original Type

Selecting this icon displays the Original Type screen, where you can specify the image type that will yield the best image quality.

Multiple-Up

Selecting this icon allows you to specify the copying of either 2, 4, or 8 separate images to a single sheet of paper.

Finishing

This icon allows you to specify the copy output method.

Numeric Keypad

Use the numeric keypad to enter or change a numeric value present on the various screens, such as, quantities, the value for the X and Y coordinates, etc.

X/Y Controls

Use this control to enter or change the value for X and Y coordinates. In some instances, the numeric keypad can also be used.

Screen Component/ Control Function

Product overview

1-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Note Individual or special controls are addressed in each instance in their related section.

Feature Settings (Varies)

This button style is used to navigate to a feature-option screen, which contains options or attributes (as specified by its label) that are directly related to the function.

Top/Bottom Erase

Edge Erase

Edge Erase (4-sides)

Center Erase

When making copies with the document cover open or from a book, the black shadows that appear along the edges and center margin of the paper can be erased using the related controls. Selecting these edge erase icons causes the related screen containing the controls for the function to open.

Check Box (feature)

Selecting a check box activates the related option/feature. (Indicated by a check mark when selected.)

Output Orientation

This icon allows you to specify the copy output orientation.

Screen Component/ Control Function

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-11 User Guide

Optional accessories Optional feeding accessories

Feeding accessory Description Where to find information

2-drawer High Capacity Feeder (HCF/ Trays 6 and 7)

The two-tray HCF provides an extra 4,000 sheet capacity of either 8.5 x 11 in. or A4 paper. Each drawer holds 2,000 sheets (16 lb. Bond to 80 lb. Cover/52 gsm to 216 gsm).

Information on the HCF (Trays 6 and 7) can be found throughout this user guide. Refer to the table of contents and the Index for specific page locations.

1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF/Tray 6)

The one-tray OHCF provides a 2,000 sheet capacity of oversized media (8x10 in./B5 to a maximum of 13x19.2 in./SRA3) in weight ranges of 64-300 gsm (uncoated) and 106-300 gsm (coated).

Information on the OHCF (Tray 6) can be found throughout this user guide. Refer to the table of contents and the Index for specific page locations

2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF/Trays 6 and 7)

Tip This accessory may not be available in your market area.

The optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF) provides feeds in a variety of stock sizes, including standard sizes and oversized stock up to 13 x 19.2 in./330.2 x 488 mm paper. Each drawer holds 2000 sheets.

Information on the 2- drawer OHCF (Trays 6 and 7) can be found later in this guide. Refer to the section entitled Optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (Trays 6 and 7) on page 14-1 for specific information.

Product overview

1-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Optional finishing accessories

Finishing accessory Description Where to find information

Standard Finisher (with or without optional C/Z Folder)

The Standard Finisher (with or without the optional C/Z Folder) allows you to staple or hole-punch your output. The Top Tray holds of 500 sheets (20lb/80gsm), while the Stacker Tray holds 3,000 sheets (20 lb./80 gsm).

The optional C/Z Folder allows C-folding and Z- folding of 8.5 x 11 in./A4 output, and 11 x 17 in./A3 media.

Information on the Standard Finisher (and optional C/Z Folder) can be found throughout this user guide. Refer to the table of contents and the Index for specific page locations.

Booklet Maker Finisher with optional C/Z Folder

The Booklet Maker Finisher (with or without the optional C/Z Folder) includes all the features of the Standard Finisher plus: Automatically creates

booklets of up to 25 pages

Creates booklets from 12 x 18 in./SRA3, 11 x 17 in./A3, 8.5 x 14 in. and 8.5 x 11 in./A4

Information on the Booklet Maker Finisher (and optional C/Z Folder) can be found throughout this user guide. Refer to the table of contents and the Index for specific page locations

High Capacity Stacker (HCS) and required Interface Module

The HCS provides stacking and offsetting capabilities for output, while the Interface Module (IM) acts as a communication device and paper path between the printer and the High Capacity Stacker.

Note: The Interface Module is required in order to use the HCS.

Information on the HCS and Interface Module can be found in this user guide in Chapter 14 Addendum.

Booklet Maker Tray

HCS

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-13 User Guide

SquareFold Trimmer Module

Note: The SquareFold Trimmer Module requires a finishing device that has a booklet maker.

The optional SquareFold Trimmer Module is used in conjunction the Booklet Maker Finisher. The SquareFold Trimmer Module: Receives the booklet

from the booklet maker area of the finisher,

Flattens the booklet spine, thereby reducing the booklets thickness and giving it the appearance of a perfect-bound book, and

Trims/cuts away the face (edge) of the booklet, resulting in a neat finished edge

Information on the SquareFold Trimmer Module can be found on your customer documentation CD in the SquareFold Trimmer Module User Guide, or go to www.xerox.com to download the latest version by entering the product name in the Search field and then selecting User Documentation.

GBC AdvancedPunch The GBC AdvancedPunch provides additional finishing options by allowing you to punch holes in 8.5 x 11 in./ A4 documents which support a variety of binding styles. Punch types include 19-hole to a maximum of 32-hole for 8.5 x 11 in. media. A4 media supports punch types 21-hole to a maximum of 47-hole.

Information on the GBC AdvancedPunch can be found on your customer documentation CD in the GBC AdvancedPunch User Guide, or go to www.xerox.com to download the latest version by entering the product name in the Search field and then selecting User Documentation.

Finishing accessory Description Where to find information

Interface Module

Product overview

1-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Power on/off

After turning the power on, the machine takes approximately 5 minutes to warm up before you can start making copies.

Tip It is recommended to turn the machine off at the end of the day or when it is not in use for a long period of time. Also, to reduce the power consumption, use the Power Saving feature when the machine is not in use for a while.

For information about Power Saving feature, refer to Power Saver Mode 1-16.

Powering on

1. Open the cover. 2. Press the power switch to the On ( l ) position.

Note The Please wait... message indicates that the machine is warming up. The machine cannot be used while it is warming up.

WARNING Never touch a labeled area indicating High Temperature. Coming in contact with these areas can lead to burns.

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-15 User Guide

Powering off

1. Press the power switch to the Off ( )position. 2. If the power is to be turned off and then back on, verify that the UI display has turned

completely off, then turn the machine back on.

Tip Power-off processing is performed internally on the machine and continues after the power switch is turned off. Therefore, do not unplug the power cord from the power outlet immediately after turning the power switch off.

About the circuit breaker

In the event of a current leakage, the circuit breaker automatically turns off the machine power to prevent any damage or fire.

CAUTION Never turn the power off in the following instances. While data is being received While data is being sent (FTP/SMB/e-mail)

While jobs are being printed While jobs are being copied While a scan is being executed While data is being imported from a computer

CAUTION

If the breaker is in the Off ( ) position, contact your Customer Support Center, as some abnormal conditions may exist.

Normally On

Off Position

Product overview

1-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Power Saver Mode The Power Saver feature has two modes; Low Power Mode and Sleep Mode.

The machine automatically enters the Low Power Mode after the preset time has elapsed if the machine is left unused for a fixed period of time.

The machine then enters the Sleep Mode if a further preset time elapses.

Here are two examples:

If Low Power Mode is set to 15 minutes and Sleep Mode is set to 60 minutes, Sleep Mode activates after 60 minutes of total inactivity, not 60 minutes after Low Power Mode begins.

If Low Power Mode is set to 15 minutes and Sleep mode is set to 20 minutes, Sleep Mode activates 5 minutes after Low Power Mode begins.

Exiting the Power Saver Mode

The Power Saver Mode is exited by pressing the Energy Saver button or when the machine receives print data.

Customer documentation updates You can get the latest customer documentation updates for your product by going to www.xerox.com. Be sure to periodically check this website for the latest information for your product.

Energy Saver button

Product overview

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 1-17 User Guide

Additional applications/tools The following applications are available for your machine; for more information, contact your Xerox Representative or go to www.xerox.com.

Xerox Extensible Interface Platform (XEIP)

Xerox Extensible Interface Platform (XEIP) enables independent software vendors and partners to develop customized programs to access directly from the Xerox device. Users can enter their authentication login at the device and access a set of features and options designed specifically for their business needs. For example:

A hospital could customize the device to help better manage patient forms. By touching an icon on the display, a health-care worker could access the hospital's Web-

based document management system and browse a list of patient forms.

Users can quickly scan and capture paper documents, preview thumbnails, and add them to frequently used document storage locations. For example:

A tutor can scan notes directly to a specific course repository for students to access. A student can scan assessment papers to their course folder for their tutor to mark.

Xerox Extensible Interface Platform (XEIP) utilizes web-based Xerox Partner solutions including Omtool and Equitrac to enable users to access document repositories at the device display screen. Additional resources may be required on the device depending on the solution.

For further information, go to:

The System Administration Guide, chapter entitled Options, www.xerox.com and search for Xerox Extensible Interface Platform, and/or Contact your Xerox Sales Representative.

MeterAssistant

The MeterAssistant allows the System Administrator to set up, view, and access the automatic billing meter information by eliminating the manual steps involved in collecting and reporting meter reads.

Once enabled, MeterAssistant provides the device's billing meters to Xerox Billing over the Internet with minimal human interaction.

Note All communications between your Xerox 4112/4127 machine and Xerox Billing is conducted through Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocols and 128-bit encryption to keep information locked from all unauthorized viewers. By enabling the MeterAssistant feature on your Xerox 4112/ 4127 device, you are simply allowing your device to automatically submit billing meter information on a periodic basis to Xerox Billing as agreed upon in the Terms and Conditions. Xerox is NOT accessing your private data, or probing your device. Only information pertaining to your system's billing meters is actively transferred-no job data or other private information.

Product overview

1-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Qualified users can implement the MeterAssistant feature based on the following criteria:

If your machine has an Integrated Controller ONLY, then all you need to do is sign up for MeterAssistant.

If you have a third-party controller, such as EFI Fiery, you MUST have:

Two drops/ports for two separate internet connections Two IP addresses (one for the machine and one for the controller); Meter Assistant

uses the machine's IP address to obtain billing meter information.

Note Existing customers of the Xerox 4112/4127 Family can perform the eligibility test as listed below to see if their equipment is eligible. Customer who recently purchased the Xerox 4112/ 4127 can bypass this process.

Use the Machine Eligibility Test at http://www.xerox.com/account-management/meter- reading-test/enus.html to determine if you can take advantage of SMart eSolutions capabilities.

Notes This feature may currently be available only in the U.S.A. Ensure that you have an internet connection to your machine.

Make sure that you have an account on www.xerox.com. Add all devices in inventory that you wish to register for Automatic Meter Readings to your account. For more information on setting up and activating your equipment for meter reads, go to www.xerox.com/meterreads.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-1 User Guide

2Copy

Overview Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Copy Procedure

Loading Documents

Document Feeder

The document feeder supports single and multiple-sheet documents. Sizes may range from 140 210 mm (A5, 5.5 8.5 in.) to a maximum of 297 432 mm (A3, 11 17 in.).

1. Remove any clips and staples before loading the document

CAUTION Place folded or creased documents on the document glass because they may cause paper jams, which could damage originals, if placed in the DADF.

Copy

2-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Adjust the movable document-guides.

3. Load the document and ensure the Confirmation indicator lights to show that the document is loaded correctly.

Tip The document feeder auto-detects only documents of standard sizes. For documents that are not of a standard size, input the size in the Original Size field. The standard document sizes that are auto-detected depend upon the Paper Size Settings defined in the System Administration mode.

For more information about entering a custom size, refer to Original Size on page 2-25.

Confirmation Indicator

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-3 User Guide

Document Glass

You can place a single sheet, book or other similar document, up to 297 432 mm (A3, 11 17 in.) on the document glass.

1. Open the document feeder.

2. Place the document face down, and align it as shown below.

3. Close the document feeder.

Note Only standard size documents are detected automatically on the document glass. For non- standard size documents, enter a custom size in Original Size.

For more information, refer to Original Size on page 2-25.

WARNING When copying a thick document, do not apply excessive force to the document glass. The

glass could break and cause an injury. When making copies with the document cover open, avoid looking directly at the copy lamp.

Direct eye exposure can cause eye fatigue or damage.

Copy

2-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Selecting Copy Features Note The features displayed on the All Services screen depend on the configuration of the machine. To use the Login Setup feature or Auditron Administration feature, you need a UserID and Password, or just a UserID. For information about UserIDs and Passwords, contact the System Administrator.

1. Press the Services button on the control panel. 2. Select Copy.

Tip If the System Administrator has configured the machine to display Explanations, (using the All Services - Screen Default settings in Administrator mode), text is displayed in the panel on the right side of the screen. When this feature is enabled, you must select OK to continue.

3. Select OK. 4. If previous settings remain, press the Clear All button on the control panel. 5. Select the applicable features from each tab as necessary.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-5 User Guide

6. Select one of the Copy, Copy & Store File or Store File Only.

Copy

Copies scanned documents.

Copy & Save

Copies scanned documents and then save them as a data to the folder on the machine. You can print saved data from the Folder or change settings.

Save Only

Save scanned documents as a data to the folder on the machine. You can print saved data from the Folder or change settings.

For more information about the tab features, refer to the following sections:

Copy (See Basic Copying on page 2-9)

Image Quality (See Image Quality Tab on page 2-19)

Layout Adjustment (See Layout Adjustment Tab on page 2-21)

Output Format (See Output Format tab on page 2-32)

Job Assembly (See Job Assembly tab on page 2-54)

Copy

2-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Entering the Quantity

You can enter up to 9999 for the number of copies.

1. Enter the number of copies needed. The number of copies entered appears on the upper right of the screen.

2. To clear an incorrect value, press the C button and enter the correct value.

Starting the Copy Job

After setting all the applicable copy features from the Copy tab screen, you can press the Start button to begin copying.

Note If a problem occurs, an error message appears on the display. Solve the problem in accordance with the message on the display.

Numeric keypad

C button

Start button

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-7 User Guide

If You Have Another Document

If you have another document, you can copy multiple documents together.

1. Select Next Original on the touch screen while the current document is being scanned.

Notes The Next Original option does not automatically display. To use this feature, you need

to activate the Build Job feature by selecting the Job Assembly tab. When on the Job Assembly tab screen, select Build Job, and then select On.

When using the document feeder, load the next document after the machine has finished scanning the first document.

2. Load the next document to the Document Glass or in the feeder.

3. Press Start. If you have more documents, load the next document and press Start again. 4. When all documents have been scanned, select Last Original.

Cancelling the Copy Job 1. Select Delete on the touch screen Copy screen, or press the Stop button on the control

panel.

2. From the Stop/Pause screen, select Cancel Printing or Resume Printing. 3. If the Current and Pending Jobs screen does not appear, press the Job Status button on

the control panel. 4. Select the job to cancel from the displayed list, and then select Stop.

Note If the job is a short one, the job may complete before you are able to cancel it.

Stop button

Copy

2-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Changing the copy quantity To change the number of documents that are being scanned or copied, follow these steps:

1. From the Control Panel: a. Press the Stop button b. Press Job Status button

2. From the Job Status screen, select the copy job. 3. Select either Details or Job Progress. 4. Select Change Quantity. 5. Using the Control Panel keypad, enter the new copy quantity. 6. Select Save. 7. Select or press Start.

Interrupting the copy job To temporarily interrupt a copy job in progress in order to perform another copy job, follow these steps:

1. Press the Interrupt button.

Note The Interrupt button lights and the Copy tab screen displays. This means the machine is in the job interrupt mode.

2. Place a document in the document feeder or on the document glass and change the feature settings as required.

3. Enter the quantity.

Interrupt button

Keypad

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-9 User Guide

4. Press the Start button.

5. When the interrupt copy job is completed, press the Interrupt button.

Note The Interrupt button is no longer lit. This indicates that the job interrupt mode is canceled or completed.

6. If you have placed a document on the document glass, remove it. 7. Press the Start button to resume the previous copy job.

Basic Copying You can set the basic copy features on the Copy tab screen. For more information refer to Selecting Copy Features on page 2-4

1. From the All Services screen, select Copy.

Start button

Copy

2-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Select the copy features. Refer to the following for more information: Reduce/Enlarge (See Reduce/Enlarge) Paper Supply (See Paper Supply) 2 Sided (See 2 Sided Copying (Making 2-sided Copies) on page 2-16) Copy Output (See Copy Output on page 2-16) Image Shift (See Image Shift on page 2-17) Original Type (See Original Type on page 2-18) Lighten/Darken (See Lighten/Darken on page 2-18)

3. Select the other applicable features from the remaining tab sections on the Copy screen. Refer to the following for more information: Image Quality (See Image Quality Tab on page 2-19) Layout Adjustments (See Layout Adjustment Tab on page 2-21) Output Format (See Output Format tab on page 2-32) Job Assembly (See Job Assembly tab on page 2-54)

4. Enter the copy quantity, using the numeric keypad.

5. Press Start on the control panel.

Keypad

Start button

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-11 User Guide

Reduce/Enlarge

You can set the reduce or enlarge copy features on the Copy tab screen in the Reduce/Enlarge area.

1. Select the applicable reduce/enlarge ratio. 2. You can also set the Reduce/Enlarge ratio by using the up or down buttons. In this case,

the ratio is displayed in the text box.

For more information refer to Selecting Copy Features.

Selecting More... Reduce/Enlarge Presets

You can select from preset standard copy ratios.

1. In the Reduce/Enlarge area on the Copy tab screen, select More... 2. From the Reduce/Enlarge screen, select Proportional. 3. In the Preset% area, select the applicable preset button.

Copy

2-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. If the image is to be automatically centered, select the Auto Center check box. 5. Select Save to save the changes.

Using the Variable% Option

You can enter any ratio for copying to within the range from 25 to 400% in 1% increments.

1. In the Reduce/Enlarge area on the Copy tab screen, select More... 2. In the Variable% area, specify the ratio with the up and down buttons.

3. If the image is to be automatically centered, select the Auto Center check box. 4. Select Save to save the changes.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-13 User Guide

When Independent X-Y% is Selected

You can specify different height and width ratios to scale the height and width independently.

1. In the Reduce/Enlarge area on the Copy tab screen, select More... 2. Select Independent X-Y%.

3. Use the up and down buttons to specify the height and width ratios or specify a preset X - Y setting by selecting the buttons in the Preset X - Y% area.

4. To lock the X - Y coordinates, select Lock X - Y%. A checkmark appears. 5. If the image is to be automatically centered, select the Auto Center check box. 6. Select Save to save the changes.

Copy

2-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Supply

You can select the tray loaded with the copy paper you wish to use for copying from the Copy tab screen by selecting the applicable paper supply from the options shown in the Paper Supply area.

Tip Selecting the More... button causes the Paper Supply screen to display.

Paper Supply Screen

You can select a paper tray that does not appear on the Paper Supply area of the Copy tab screen.

1. From the Paper Supply area of the Copy tab screen, select More...

2. From the list displayed, select the tray that contains the applicable paper size and paper type.

3. Select Save to keep your changes.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-15 User Guide

Tray 5 (Bypass) Screen

If you want to make copies on special paper that cannot be loaded in trays 1 through 4 or trays 6 through 7, use Tray 5 (Bypass). 1. Load the custom sized paper in the Tray 5 (Bypass) tray. 2. Select the Change Settings paper tray. 3. Use the up and down buttons to navigate the displayed Paper Size options list. 4. From the Paper Size list, select the applicable Paper Size. 5. Use the up and down buttons to navigate the displayed Paper Type options list. 6. From the Paper Type list, select the applicable Paper Type. 7. Select Save to save the changes.

When Custom Size is Selected

You can set the width (X) within the range from 5.9 to 19.2 inches (140 to 400 mm) and the height (Y) within the range from 4.0 to 12.9 inches (100 to 330 mm) in 0.1 inches or 1 mm increments.

1. From the Tray 5 Bypass screen, Paper Size list, select Custom Size.

2. Set the Paper Size dimensions using the up/down, left/right buttons. 3. Select the Paper Type from the displayed list. 4. Select the up button to display the previous screen and select the down button to display

the next screen. 5. Select Save to save the changes.

Tips Printing may not be performed correctly when the X (horizontal) direction of a non-

standard size paper is less than 5.7 inches (148 mm). When copying both sides on a non-standard size paper, specify the size from 7.2 to 19.2

inches (182 to 488 mm) for the X (horizontal) direction and from 5.5 to 13.0 inches (140 to 330 mm) for the Y (vertical) direction.

Copy

2-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2 Sided Copying (Making 2-sided Copies)

Copies of 1-sided and 2-sided documents can be made on one side or both sides.

1. From the Copy tab screen, in the 2 Sided Copying area, make the applicable selection from the displayed buttons.

2. If Side 2 is to be rotated (head-to-foot) select the Rotate Side 2 check box.

Copy Output

Copy output can be defined by using the Copy Output button on the Copy tab screen.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Copy Output button.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-17 User Guide

2. From the Hole Punch & More screen select the applicable output features from the Hole Punch & More screen: Paper Supply (The Paper Supply screen is displayed.) Collation feature Add Tab Stock Separator Tray Staple (Available only when Collated is selected) Hole Punch (Available only when Collated is selected) Output/Offset Stacking

3. Select Save to save the changes.

Image Shift

Image shift features are defined by using the Image Shift button on the Copy tab screen.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Image Shift button. 2. Select the applicable image shift features from the Image Shift screen.

3. When Margin Shift is selected, set the image shift parameters, using the left/right (or) up/ down buttons.

4. Select Original Orientation... and set and save the orientation. 5. You can elect to mirror the Side 1 settings to side 2 by selecting the Mirror Side 1 check

box. 6. Select Save to save the changes.

Copy

2-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Original Type

The original-type specifications can be defined by using the Original Type button on the Copy tab screen.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Original Type button. 2. Select the applicable specifications for the original type.

3. Select Save to save the changes.

Lighten/Darken

You can adjust the copy density to one of seven levels from the Copy tab, in the Lighten/ Darken area.

The density is adjusted by selecting either the left or right buttons.

Darker Lighter

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-19 User Guide

Image Quality Tab You can configure the image quality features from the Image Quality tab screen.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. From the Copy screen, select the Image Quality tab.

3. Select the applicable feature on the Image Quality screen. Original Type (See Original Type on page 2-19) Image Options (See Image Options on page 2-20) Background Suppression (See Background Suppression on page 2-20)

Original Type

Copies of the document are reproduced at a more faithful image quality by selecting the document type that matches the original document.

The remaining information for this function is identical to when the Original Type button is selected from the Copy tab. (See Original Type)

Copy

2-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Image Options

You can set the image darkness and sharpness from the Image Options screen.

1. From the Copy screen, select the Image Quality tab. 2. Select Image Options.

3. Set the Lightness/Darkness for the image, using the up or Down button in that area of the screen.

4. Set the Sharpness for the image, using the up or Down button in that area of the screen. 5. Select Save to save the changes.

Background Suppression

When Background Suppression is selected, the background color of documents such as newspapers and colored paper documents is erased on the copy.

Note When Document Type is set to Photo, the Background Suppression feature is not functional.

1. From the Copy screen, select the Image Quality tab. 2. Select Background Suppression.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-21 User Guide

3. Select No Suppression or Auto Suppression.

4. Select Save to save the changes.

Layout Adjustment Tab 1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Layout Adjustment tab.

3. Select the applicable features from the Layout Adjustment tab screen: Book Copying (See Book Copying on page 2-22) 2 Sided Book Copying (See 2 Sided Book Copying on page 2-24) Original Size (See Original Size on page 2-25) Manual Size Input (See Manual Size Input on page 2-26) Mixed Size Originals (See Mixed Size Originals on page 2-27) Edge Erase (See Edge Erase on page 2-28) Image Shift (See Image Shift on page 2-28) Image Rotation (See Invert Image (Mirror Image/Negative Image) on page 2-30) Invert Image (See Invert Image (Mirror Image/Negative Image) on page 2-30) Original Orientation (See Original Orientation on page 2-31)

Copy

2-22 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Book Copying

The Book Copying feature allows you to copy facing pages of a document on separate sheets of paper in page-number order.

1. From the Copy tab, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select Book Copying... 3. From the Book Copying screen, select On. 4. Select the book copying features.

5. Use the Left or Right buttons to set the Binding Edge Erase dimensions. (See Binding Edge Erase on page 2-23)

6. Select Save to save the changes.

Tip You cannot use the document feeder when using this feature.

A document of non-standard size or undetectable size may not be divided exactly into two equal sizes.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-23 User Guide

Binding Edge Erase

The binding-edge erase feature on the Book Copying screen, erases the shadow from the center section of a bound document. You can set the width for Binding Edge Erase in the range from 0 to 1.9 in. (0 to 50 mm) in 0.1 in. or 1 mm increments.

Examples:

Binding Edge Erase value: 0 mm Your bound original is a spiral-bound book and you want to copy both the right and left

pages of the book. You select Left Page Then Right. You do not increase the Binding Edge Erase value; therefore, the Binding Edge Erase value

is 0 mm. You make a copy of the left and right side pages of your book. The copy output shows the

copies with black marks along the binding edge.

Binding Edge Erase value: 10 mm

Using the same bound original, you select Left Page Then Right. Increase the Binding Edge Erase to 10 mm. You make a copy of the left and right side pages of your book. The copy output shows the

copies without black marks along the binding edge, and you have a crisp, white copy of the pages:

xjdhjcjhkjs sjhfjhksfh kshdhfd kshfkhf skhfk shfjdka fh8&02034

xjdhjcjhkjs sjhfjhksfh kshdhfd kshfkhf skhfk shfjdka fh8&02034

xjdhjcjhkjs sjhfjhksfh kshdhfd kshfkhf skhfk shfjdka fh8&02034

xjdhjcjhkjs sjhfjhksfh kshdhfd kshfkhf skhfk shfjdka fh8&02034

Copy

2-24 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2 Sided Book Copying

You can assign pages when making copies of facing pages in a bound document so that pages face each other in the same way as the document. A blank sheet is inserted automatically as the first page.

1. From the Copy tab, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select 2 Sided Book Copying... 3. Select On.

4. Select the Starting & Ending Page... button. 5. From the Starting & Ending Page screen, specify a Start and an End page.

6. Select Save. The view returns to the 2 Sided Book Copy screen. 7. Specify the required settings for Binding Edge Erase. 8. Select Save to save the changes.

Note Confirm the orientation of the loaded document.

Custom-sized documents will not be separated into two equally-sized documents.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-25 User Guide

Original Size

You can specify the size of the document when scanning standard and custom sized documents or when making copies at a size different from that of the currently loaded document.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select the Original Size... button. 3. Select the actual size of the document from the options displayed.

4. If you select a Manual Size Input, specify values for the X and Y directions.(See Manual Size Input on page 2-26)

5. Select Save to save the changes.

Note If the document size cannot be detected, a screen for inputting the document size is displayed.

Copy

2-26 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Manual Size Input 1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select the Original Size... button. 3. From the Original Size screen, select Manual Size Input.

4. Select the applicable size. 5. If you select Custom Size from the list, specify the X and Y values by using the left/right

and up/down buttons.

6. Select Save to save the changes.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-27 User Guide

Mixed Size Originals

You can simultaneously scan different sized documents. Output can also be made to media that is the same size as the originals or so that output is made on the same size of media no matter the size of the original.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select the Original Size... button. 3. From the Original Size screen, select Mixed Size Originals.

4. Select Save to save the changes.

Tip Always load A5 documents in Long Edge Feed orientation.

Copy

2-28 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Edge Erase

When you make copies with the document-feeder in the open position or from a book, black shadows sometimes appear along the edges and center margin of the paper. If this happens, you can make copies with the shadows erased.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select Edge Erase... 3. Select the applicable Edge Erase option.

4. When selecting the Individual Edges button or a preset button, use the control buttons to set the Side 1 and Side 2 erase values.

5. Select Original Orientation... and set and save the orientation. 6. Select Save to save the changes.

Notes When making 2 sided copies, the same border erase amount is set for both sides 1 and 2. If you set Reduce/Enlarge, the edge erase dimensions are reduced/enlarged in proportion

to the ratio you configured.

Image Shift Tip This section, related screen and functions are identical to the information previously presented in the Copy tab Image Shift section (See Image Shift on page 2-17) for this information.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-29 User Guide

Image Rotation

If the orientation of the paper currently loaded in the tray differs from that of the document that is loaded, the machine automatically rotates the document image to make copies with the document and paper orientations matched.

You can also select which edge of the original document to use as a reference for image rotation if documents are of mixed orientations.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select Image Rotation... 3. Select the applicable image rotation.

4. Select Save to save the changes.

Note The image rotation feature can only be used to make copies to paper of A4 and 8.5 11 in. or smaller.

Copy

2-30 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Invert Image (Mirror Image/Negative Image)

Copies can be made with a negative image of the original, or with the left and right-side images of the document reversed.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select Invert Image... 3. Select the Mirror Image and/or Negative Image option.

4. Select Save to save the changes.

Note When Negative Image and Edge Erase are set simultaneously, the edge erase area turns to white.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-31 User Guide

Original Orientation

The document orientation needs to be set to indicate the top of the document.

1. From the Copy tab screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab. 2. Select Original Orientation... 3. Select the orientationin accordance with the document that is loaded.

4. Select Save to save the changes.

Note If the Original Orientation differs from the actual document orientation, the machine may mistakenly detect the wrong side as the head of the document.

Copy

2-32 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Output Format tab On the Output Format screen, you can configure the document output features.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab.

3. Select an applicable feature on the Output Format tab screen. Booklet Creation (See Booklet Creation) Covers (See Booklet Creation - Covers) Transparency Options (See Transparency Options) Page Layout (See Page Layout (Multiple-Up/Repeat Image) Poster (See Poster) Folding (See Folding (optional)) Annotations (See Annotations) Watermark (See Watermark) Top Margin Shift (See Tab Margin Shift) Output Orientation (See Output Orientation) ID Card copying (See ID Card Copying)

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-33 User Guide

Booklet Creation

The machine can copy pages so, when multiple-page sheets are overlaid and folded along the center (gutter), a booklet is created in page order. You can also set the gutter dimension and attach a cover or, when the booklet finisher is installed, the booklet can be folded and/or folded and stapled as specified.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab. 3. Select Booklet Creation... 4. Select On.

5. Select the applicable Output Original feature. 6. If the machine is equipped with the booklet finisher option, select the applicable Fold &

Staple feature(s). 7. Select the applicable booklet creation features:

Binding Shift... (See Booklet Creation - Binding Shift on page 2-34) Divide Output... (See Booklet Creation - Divide Output on page 2-34) Covers... (See Booklet Creation - Covers on page 2-35)

8. Select Save to keep your choices.

Tip Confirm that the orientation of the document and the Original Orientation setting of the Scan Options screen are the same.

Note If the number of pages in the booklet is not a multiple of four, the remaining pages are output as blank pages.

Copy

2-34 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Booklet Creation - Binding Shift

You can set the booklet binding-shift value within the range from 0 to 1.9 in. (0 to 50 mm) in 0.1 in. or 1 mm increments.

1. From the Booklet Creation screen, select Binding Shift... 2. Use the left and right buttons to specify a binding shift value.

3. Select Save to keep your changes.

Booklet Creation - Divide Output

You can specify the number of pages to include in each booklet copy-set.

1. From the Booklet Creation screen, select Divide Output... 2. Select On.

3. Use the up and down buttons to specify the number of pages to include. 4. Select Save to keep your changes.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-35 User Guide

Booklet Creation - Covers

You can make booklet copies with the covers attached. The front and rear cover can be output before the first page and after the last page of the document and on a different type of paper.

1. From the Booklet Creation screen, select Covers... The screen is displayed (default No Covers).

2. Select the applicable cover options.

3. Select the applicable cover tray. 4. Select the applicable main body tray. 5. Set the Front Cover Quantity and Rear Cover Quantity using the up and down buttons. 6. If needed, select the Last Page on Back Cover checkbox. 7. Select Save to keep your changes.

Copy

2-36 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Covers

You can make copies with a cover attached.

The front and back cover can be output before the first page of the document on a different type of paper (for example, colored paper or heavyweight paper).

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab and then select Covers.

3. Select the Front Cover configuration. 4. Select the Back Cover configuration. 5. Select the Paper Tray Settings. 6. Set front and rear cover quantities (per the paragraph following). 7. Select Save to keep your changes.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-37 User Guide

Covers - Front/Back Cover Quantity

You can specify the number of cover sheets used for the front cover. Prints the front cover equally as the body text, even if multiple number of copies are made.

Note These instructions also work for Covers - Back Cover Quantity.

Use the up/down buttons or the numeric keypad to specify the number of cover sheets that are loaded.

Copy

2-38 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Transparency Options

A blank sheet can be inserted as a separator between copied transparencies.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab. 3. Select Transparency Options... 4. Select the applicable transparency option.

5. Select Paper Supply Settings and set the paper tray features.

6. Save the paper-tray features.

CAUTION Xerox recommends OHP transparency film for transparent copies. Use of non-recommended films could cause machine failure or paper jams.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-39 User Guide

7. On the Transparency Options screen, select Save to keep your changes.

Notes The Paper Tray Settings screen is not displayed when No Separators is selected. When loading transparencies in Tray 5 (Bypass Tray), make sure that the separator paper is

loaded in the same orientation as the transparencies.

Page Layout (Multiple-Up/Repeat Image)

Multiple-up

Two, four, or eight sheets of original documents can be copied together onto a single sheet of paper.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab. 3. Select Page Layout... 4. Select Multiple-Up.

5. Select the applicable multiple-up option. 6. When 4 Pages Up or 8 Pages Up is selected, specify the applicable reading order in the

Reading Order section. 7. Select Original Orientation... 8. Set and save the original orientation features. 9. Select Save to keep your multiple-up changes.

Tip When you select Multiple Up, the Auto% or Reduce/Enlarge feature is selected automatically. The machine automatically sets the copy ratio and makes copies of the images so that they fit on the selected paper.

Copy

2-40 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Notes Image loss may occur depending on the image size of the document. When Border Erase is set, border erase is executed for each document copied to the whole

document. When Image Shift is set, shift is executed on the whole document. For this reason, image

loss may occur depending on the document image size of the document. You need to select any feature other than Auto Paper Select for the paper tray in Paper

Supply area of the Copy tab screen.

Repeat Image

A document image can be copied on one sheet of paper repeatedly for a specified number of times.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab. 3. Select Page Layout... 4. Select Repeat Image.

5. Select the applicable Repeat Image option. 6. If Variable Repeat is required, select the correct image layout button and then set the

number of columns and rows using the related buttons. 7. Select Original Orientation... 8. Set and save the original orientation features. 9. Select Save to keep your repeat-image changes.

Tip When the copy ratio is set to Auto, the repeated copies of the image are reduced to fit on the selected paper. You can also specify how the repeated copies of the image are arranged.

Note When making repeat copies at the same size as the document image, you can specify a number of repeats that will fit on the paper.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-41 User Guide

Poster

This feature allows you to create a large poster by pasting the copies spread over multiple sheets together. Copied sheets are provided with a paste margin so that they can be pasted together. This paste margin is fixed to 0.4 inches (10 mm).

Note This feature is not selectable when Collated is selected in the Copy tab, under Copy Output.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab. 3. Select Poster... 4. Select Output Size to specify a preset option. 5. To set custom sizes, select Enlargement% and use the up and down buttons to define the

values.

6. Select Paper Supply and set the applicable paper supply tray options. 7. Save the paper-supply options. 8. Select Save to keep your changes

Tip Confirm that the orientation of the document and the Original Orientation setting of the Scan Options screen are the same.

Note This feature is disabled when Collate is selected from the Holepunch & More screen (Copy tab, Copy Output button).

Copy

2-42 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Folding (optional)

If the machine is equipped with a folding option, you can make copies to be folded in half (single fold) or in thirds (C fold or Z fold types). Each type fold is discussed in detail in this section.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab. 3. Select Folding...

4. Select the applicable folding features: Single Fold (See Single Fold on page 2-43) C Fold or Z Fold (See C Fold or Z Fold on page 2-43) Z Fold Half Sheet (See Z Fold Half Sheet on page 2-44)

5. Select Save to keep your choices.

Note The orientation of documents is limited to short-edge feed; therefore, you must select a paper tray set with short-edge feed stock.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-43 User Guide

Single Fold

If the machine is equipped with a folding option, you can set the machine to fold the output copies in half, in a bi-fold configuration.

1. From the Output Format tab, select Folding... 2. Select Single Fold.

3. Select Page to Fold option. 4. If Fold as a Set is specified, you can elect to staple the set by selecting the Staple check

box. You can also specify the Cover tray by selecting the Cover button. 5. Set the cover options (image inside or outside fold). 6. Select the applicable Copy Output button. 7. Select Original Orientation and set and save the orientation. 8. Select Save to keep your choices.

Note The Fold as a Set feature is disabled whenever an annotation is specified (See Annotations).

C Fold or Z Fold

If the machine is equipped with a folding option, you can set the machine to fold the output copies in thirds, in a C or Z shaped tri-fold configuration.

1. From the Output Format tab, select Folding... 2. Select C Fold or Z Fold, as applicable. 3. Select the specific fold-type options. 4. Select the applicable Copy Output button. 5. Select Original Orientation and set and save the orientation. 6. Select Save to keep your choices.

Copy

2-44 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Z Fold Half Sheet

If the machine is equipped with a folding option, you can set the machine to fold larger output- copies in thirds, in a Z shaped tri-fold configuration.

1. From the Output Format tab, select Folding... 2. Select Z Fold Half Sheet.

3. Select the applicable Copy Output button.

Note The Stapling & Hole Punch features are only available when the Collate option is specified.

4. If Collate is specified, select the staple and/or hole punching settings as necessary. 5. If Uncollated with Separators is selected, select the Separator Tray button and set the

separator tray attributes.

Note In some workflow environments, the term Padding is used to refer to Uncollated sets with Separators.

6. Select Save to keep your choices.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-45 User Guide

Annotations

You can add an annotation-stamp, date, page number, and Bates Stamp to the final copies that are not included on the original document.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab and then select Annotations...

3. Select the applicable annotation features: Comment (See Annotations - Comment) Date Stamp (See Annotations - Date Stamp) Page Numbers (See Annotations - Page Number) Bates Stamp (See Annotations - Bates Stamp)

4. Select Original Orientation and set and save the orientation. 5. Select Format & Style... and set and save the features. 6. Select Save to keep your choices.

Note The annotation image and character size is not changed even if you change or set the enlarge/reduce setting.

If Multiple-Up is set, the annotation is added to the combined image. If Repeat Image or Booklet Creation is set, the annotation is added to each individual

image.

Copy

2-46 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Annotations - Comment

You can add comment stamps that are stored on the machine to the output copies. You can also create new or edit existing comments. These can also be stored to the machines memory.

1. On the Annotations screen, select Comment... 2. Select the Comment button.

3. Select the applicable comment stamp from the displayed list. 4. To create new or edit an existing Bates Stamp, go to To Create or Edit a Comment, below. 5. Select the Apply to... button and set and save the options. 6. Select the Position... button and set and save the options. 7. From the Comment screen, select Save.

To Create or Edit a Comment 1. From the Annotations - Comment screen, select the existing (or blank) comment from the

list. 2. Select Edit. 3. Use the keyboard screen to enter the new or edited comment. 4. Select Save. The view returns to the Annotations - Comment screen. 5. Go to Step 5, in the Annotations - Comment procedure above.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-47 User Guide

Annotations - Date Stamp

You can make copies with a date stamp added. The printed date is the date and time that the copy was made.

1. From the Annotations screen, select Date Stamp... 2. On the Date Stamp screen, select the Date Stamp button.

3. Select the applicable date-stamp format. 4. Select the Apply to... button and set and save the options. 5. Select the Position... button and set and save the options 6. From the Date Stamp screen, select Save.

For information about the date display format, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Copy

2-48 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Annotations - Page Number

You can elect to add a page number to the output copies.

1. From the Annotations screen, select Page Numbers... 2. On the Page Numbers screen, select the Page Numbers button.

3. Use the up and down buttons to select the starting-page number. 4. Select the Apply to... button and set and save the options. 5. Select the Position... button and set and save the options. 6. From the Page Number screen, select Save.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-49 User Guide

Annotations - Bates Stamp

The Bates Stamp feature allows you to place an alphanumeric prefix, followed by a sequential page number in the margins of the copy output.

You can specify an existing Bates Stamp stored on the machine or you can create a new or edit an existing Bates Stamp.

1. From the Annotations screen, select Bates Stamp... 2. On the Bates Stamp screen, select the Bates Stamp button.

3. Select the applicable Bates Stamp from the displayed list. 4. To create new or edit an existing Bates Stamp, go to To Create or Edit a Bates Stamp,

below. 5. Specify the Starting Number, using the up or down button. 6. Select the Apply to... button and set and save the options. 7. Select the Position... button and set and save the options. 8. Select the Number of Digits... button and set and save the options. 9. From the Bates Stamp screen, select Save.

For information about the date display format, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Copy

2-50 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

To Create or Edit a Bates Stamp 1. From the Bates Stamp screen, select an existing (or blank) Bates Stamp from the Stored

Prefixes list. 2. Select Edit. 3. Use the keyboard screen to enter the new or edited Bates Stamp. 4. Select Save. 5. Go to Step 5, in the Annotations/Bates Stamp procedure above.

Watermark

You can elect to lightly print a sequential control-number, stored watermark, date and time, or serial number on the background of each copy set as a watermark.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Output Format tab and then select Watermark... 3. If the watermark is a control number, select On in the Control Number area.

4. Use the up or down button to specify a starting number for the control-number watermark. 5. If the desired watermark is one that is stored in the machines memory, select Stored

Watermarks.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-51 User Guide

6. Select On.

7. Select the applicableWatermark from the displayed list. 8. Select Save. 9. If applicable, from the Watermark screen, set and save the desired watermark-effect by

using the Watermark Effect... button 10. If the date and time or serial number is to be included, select the appropriate check box. 11. Select Save to keep your choices.

Tip The font size or density printed by multiple control can be configured in the system settings. For more information, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Copy

2-52 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Tab Margin Shift

You can copy images to a tab location on tabbed paper by specifying the exact position of the tab, so that the image is copied onto the tab.

Sizes of tab paper that can be copied are A4, 8.5 to 11 in.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. From the Output Format tab, select Tab Margin Shift...

3. Select the applicable shift feature option: Shift to Tab - The image is only copied to the tab part of the paper. Shift All - The whole document image is copied to the tab paper.

4. Use the left or right button to specify the shift value. 5. Select the applicable tab stock size and type. 6. Select Add Tab Stock to set the tab stock quantity. 7. Select Save to keep your choices.

Notes When loading tab paper in Tray 5 (Bypass), load the paper with the side to be copied facing

up and with the edge opposite to the tab to be fed first. You can load the tab paper in tray 3 to 4 only when selecting Tabbed Stock 1 105-216

gsm. When loading the tab paper in tray 3 or 4, load the paper with the side to be copied facing down and with the edge opposite to the tab aligning to the left side of the tray.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-53 User Guide

Output Orientation

You can select whether copies should be output facing up or down.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. From the Output Format tab, select Output Orientation... 3. Select the applicable Output Orientation feature.

4. Select Save to keep your choice.

ID Card Copying

The ID Card Copying feature allows you to copy both sides of an ID card onto the same side of the paper.

The card should be placed slightly away from the top left corner of the Document Glass in order to capture the whole image of the card.

1. From the Output Format tab, select ID Card Copying... 2. From the ID Card Copying screen, select the On button.

3. Select Save to keep your choices.

Copy

2-54 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Job Assembly tab From the Job Assembly tab screen, you can configure the various job features.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Job Assembly tab.

3. Select the applicable feature on the Job Assembly screen: Build Job (See Build Job) Sample Job (See Sample Job) Combine Original Sets (See Combine Original Sets) Form Overlay (See Form Overlay) Delete Outside/Delete Inside (See Delete Outside/Delete Inside) Stored Programming (See Chapter 7. )

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-55 User Guide

Build Job

This feature allows you to change and save settings individually for each document page or stack. You can then make copies of documents with different settings as one job.

1. On the All Services screen, select Copy. 2. Select the Job Assembly tab. 3. Select Build Job. 4. Select Build Job On.

5. Select, set and save theapplicable features from the features shown at the bottom of the Build Job screen. Copy Output... (See Copy Output) Booklet Creation... (See Booklet Creation) Covers... (See Covers) Annotations (See Annotations) Segment Separators (See Segment Separators) Watermark... (See Watermark) Output Orientation... (See Output Orientation)

6. Select Save to keep your choices. 7. Press the Start button to start the job.

Tip You can display the previous features screen by selecting the up button, and you can display the next screen by selecting the down button.

Copy

2-56 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Segment Separators

You can insert blank or printed sheets of paper to act as separators between document jobs.

1. From the Job Assembly tab, select Build Job. 2. From the Build Job screen select Segment Separators...

3. Select the applicable separator feature. 4. If Blank Separators is selected, use the up/down buttons to set the number of separators. 5. Select the applicable separator tray. 6. Select Save to save your choices.

Sample Job

When making multiple copies, you can continue making copies after making and examining a sample set. You can elect to continue or cancel the job after confirmation.

1. From the Job Assembly tab, select Sample Job. 2. Select Sample Job On or Sample Job Off.

3. Select Save to save your choice.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-57 User Guide

Combine Original Sets

This feature allows you to divide lengthy originals into smaller groups that can be loaded into the document feeder in smaller quantities.

1. From the Job Assembly tab, select Combine Original Sets. 2. Select On.

3. Select Save to save your choice.

Note This feature is available only when Collated is selected in the Copy Output screen.

Copy

2-58 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Form Overlay

You can make copies overlaying the first page of the document on the rest of the documents. For example, if the first page of the document only has a header and footer, the rest of the documents can be copied with the same header and footer.

1. From the Job Assembly tab, select Form Overlay. 2. From the Form Overlay screen, select On or Off.

3. Select Save to keep your choices.

Notes If the first page is two sided, only the top side is used for the form overlay. The Center/Corner shift, Image shift, Delete Outside/Delete Inside, Edge Erase, Border

Erase features are applied to the text body.

Copy

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 2-59 User Guide

Delete Outside/Delete Inside

This feature allows you to specify the area for omission or deletion and then to copy that area.

1. Select Delete Outside/Delete Inside. 2. Select the applicable feature.

3. If the originals are 2-sided, select the applicable settings. 4. Select the Area 1..., Area 2..., or Area 3... button.

5. Touch the Y1 box and enter the value for Y1, using the numeric keypad on the Control Panel.

6. Touch the Y2 box and enter the value for Y2, using the numeric keypad on the Control Panel.

7. Touch the X1 box and enter the value for X1, using the numeric keypad on the Control Panel.

8. Touch the X2 box and enter the value for X2, using the numeric keypad on the Control Panel.

Copy

2-60 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

9. If you enter an error, select the Clear All (z) button (where z= actual area number). 10. Select Save to keep your choices.

Notes When specifying multiple areas, it is also possible to overlap and specify an area. When selecting Reduce/Enlarge, the areas are reduced or enlarged by interlocking

magnification.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-1 User Guide

3Scan

Overview Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Scan procedure 1. Load the documents. (For more information see Chapter 2, Loading Documentson page 2-

1) 2. From the All Services screen, select the applicable scanning feature:

E-mail (See E-mailon page 3-6) Scan to Folder (See Scan to Folderon page 3-26) Network Scanning (See Network Scanningon page 3-29) Scan to PC (See Scan to PCon page 3-34)

Scan

3-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Press Start on the control panel to start the scan

Generic Scan Screen Features

The lower portion of the various scan option screens share features that are common with one- another. To alleviate redundancy, these features are addressed once, as follows:

Lighten/Darken Note If you have the optional Color Scanner Kit installed, the bottom section of the screen will be different than the one shown below

You can use the up/down buttons to adjust the density settings.

Start button

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-3 User Guide

Color Scanning (optional Color Scanner Kit only)

You can select the output type desired.

For an explanation of the Output Color Option, See Optional Color Scanner Kiton page 3-41

2 Sided Originals

You can elect to automatically scan both sides of a 2-sided document.

Original Type

The type of document that is being scanned can be set.

Scan Presets

You can select from pre-determined scan presets.

for Sharing & Printing: Suitable for general office documents for on-screen viewing. Using this option will result in a small file size and normal image quality.

for Archival Record: Suitable for general office documents that will be stored electronically. Using this option will result in the smallest file size and normal image quality.

for OCR: Suitable for documents that will be processed by the OCR feature. Using this option will result in a large file size and the maximum image quality.

Scan

3-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Scan Presets, More... Button

You can select and save additional scan-presets by selecting More... in the Scan Presets area.

for High Quality Printing: Suitable for documents containing graphics and photographs. Using this option will result in a large file size and the maximum image quality.

Simple Scan: Suitable for documents that require minimal image processing and compression. Using this option will result in fast processing and an excessively large file size.

If You Have More Documents

If you have more than one stack of documents to scan, select the Next Original button on the touch screen while the current stack of documents is being scanned. This allows you to scan several documents as one set of data.

Note This screen appears only when the documents are being scanned.

1. While documents are scanning, select Next Original. 2. Load the next document. 3. Press the Start button on the control panel. 4. If you have more documents, load the next document and press the Start button. 5. When all documents are scanned, select Last Original.

Notes When using the 2 sided document feeder, the machine waits for the next set of documents

after it has finished scanning the first set. When the above screen is displayed and no operation is performed after a certain period of

time has elapsed, the machine automatically assumes that there are no more documents.The Build Job feature must be enabled and switched on.

Up to 999 pages can be stored.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-5 User Guide

Cancelling a Scan Job

Follow the procedure below to cancel a scan.

1. Either select Stop on the touch screen or press the Stop button on the Control Panel.

2. On the control panel, press Cancel to end scanning or Start to restart the scan. 3. Press the Job Status button on the control panel. 4. Select the job to cancel, and then press Stop.

Note When a scan is cancelled, scan data already stored to the folder is deleted.

Stop button

Scan

3-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

E-mail You can scan a document and send the scanned data as an e-mail attachment.

1. Select E-mail from the All Services screen.

2. From the E-mail tab screen, select New Recipient... (See E-mail Recipientson page 3-7)

- OR -

3. Select Address book... to search for and specify recipients in the address book. (See Address Bookon page 3-8)

4. If you wish to add the machine as a recipient, select Add Me. 5. If you wish to remove or change a recipient, select the applicable recipient and then select

Remove or Edit... from the pop-up menu. (See Removing E-mail Recipientson page 3-9 or Select Remove from the menu.on page 3-9)

6. Select Subject... to enter and save the E-mail subject using the keyboard screen. 7. Select Message... to enter and save the E-mail message using the keyboard screen. 8. Set the various scan features. (See Generic Scan Screen Featureson page 3-2) 9. As needed, select the Advanced Settings tab and set and save the advanced settings. (See

Advanced Settings tabon page 3-12) 10. As needed, select the Layout Adjustment tab and set and save the layout adjustments.

(See Layout Adjustment tabon page 3-17) 11. Select, set and save the various options from the Email Options tab. (See Email Options

tabon page 3-21) 12. Press Start on the control panel.

Note The Mail Delivery Notification (MDN) and Split Send features in the Output Format screen are only available when using the E-mail feature.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-7 User Guide

E-mail Recipients

You can compile a list of e-mail recipients using New Recipient...

Adding E-mail Recipients: 1. From the E-mail tab, select New Recipient...

2. Enter the new recipient(s). You can select +Add to add another recipient.

3. Select Close.

Scan

3-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Address Book

You can search for and select a specific recipient using the Address Book feature.

1. From the E-mail tab, select Address Book...

2. On the Search for Names screen, select the area, in which, to search.

3. Enter the name to search on in the Name text box. 4. Select Search.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-9 User Guide

5. When the search is done, specify the recipient from the Name column, and select To, CC, or BCC.

6. Use the scroll-bar to navigate the Name list. 7. If needed, select Details to display the Details screen. 8. Select Close.

Note For information about configuring the Address Book, refer to the System Administration Guide or ask your System Administrator for help.

Removing E-mail Recipients 1. From the E-mail tab, select the recipient to be deleted in the Recipient(s) list.

2. Select Remove from the menu.

Scan

3-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Changing Recipient Settings 1. From the E-mail tab, select the recipient to be changed in the Recipient(s) list.

2. Select Edit... from the menu.

3. Highlight the information to be changed and select Change Settings.

4. Use the keyboard to enter the changed information. 5. Select Save. 6. Select Save from the Edit Recipient screen.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-11 User Guide

Subject

You can enter the Subject containing up to 128 characters for the e-mail.

1. From the E-mail tab, select Subject...

2. Use the keyboard to enter the e-mail subject 3. Select Save.

Message Contents

You can enter the Message contents containing up to 128 characters for the e-mail.

1. From the E-mail tab, select Message...

2. Use the keyboard to enter a brief message. 3. Select Save.

Scan

3-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Advanced Settings tab

You can set advanced setting options from the Advanced Settings tab.

1. Select E-mail from the All Services screen. 2. Select the Advanced Settings tab.

3. As needed, select the applicable options: Image Options... (See Chapter 2, Image Optionson page 2-20) Image Enhancement... (See Image Enhancementon page 3-13) Resolution... (See Resolutionon page 3-14)

Note The following features are available from the Advanced Settings tab, only when the Optional Color Scanner is installed (See Optional Color Scanner Kiton page 3-41).

Quality/File Size... (See Quality/File Sizeon page 3-15) Photographs... (See Photographson page 3-16) Shadow Suppression... (See Shadow Suppressionon page 3-16) Color Space... (See Color Spaceon page 3-17)

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-13 User Guide

Image Enhancement

You can elect to enable background suppression and set the contrast using the Image Enhancement feature.

1. From the Advanced Settings tab, select Image Enhancement...

2. Specify the background suppression. No Suppression - Makes scans with background suppression turned off. Auto Suppression - Automatically suppresses colored backgrounds when [Black] is

selected on the [Scanning Color] screen, and suppresses white backgrounds on colored documents when [Color] is selected on the [Scanning Color] screen.

Note This feature is not available when B&W is selected on the Original Type screen.

3.Use the up and down buttons to set the image contrast. 4. Select Save.

Scan

3-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Resolution

You can select preset resolution settings.

1. From the Advanced Settings tab, select Resolution... 2. Specify the image resolution.

3. Select Save.

Note When File Format > MRC High Compression or OCR is set to On, only 200 dpi and 300 dpi are available.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-15 User Guide

Quality/File Size

This feature allows you to select the ratio of data compression for color and grayscale scanned images.

Note This feature is unavailable whenever Black and White is selected.

1. From the Advanced Settings tab, select Quality/File Size...

2. Use the right or left button to specify the output quality/file size.

Note Only three compression levels are available when MRC High Compression is enabled under PDF Multiple Pages per File in File Format.

3. Select Save.

Scan

3-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Photographs

The Photographs enhancement feature is only available if the optional color scanner is installed (See Optional Color Scanner Kiton page 3-41) and Color is selected from the Color Scanning section of a tab screen.

1. From the Advanced Settings tab, select Photographs...

2. Select Off or Enhance Photographs: Off: Disables the feature. Enhance Photographs: Enhances images scanned from color photographs with Output

Color set to Full Color. 3. Select Save.

Note When Enhance Photographs is selected, Shadow Suppression and Background Suppression are not available.

Shadow Suppression

You can use the Shadow Suppression feature to hide background colors and image bleed- through.

1. From the Advanced Settings tab, select Shadow Suppression...

2. Select No Suppression or Auto Suppression. 3. Select Save.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-17 User Guide

Color Space

The Color Space feature is only available if the optional color scanner is installed (See Optional Color Scanner Kiton page 3-41) and Color is selected from the Color Scanning section of a tab screen.

1. From the Advanced Settings tab, select Color Space...

2. Select sRGB or Device Color Space. 3. Select Save.

Note When this Device Color Space is selected, the factory default values rae used or the Image Options, Shadow Suppression, and Image Enhancement features.

Layout Adjustment tab

You can specify layout adjustment settings from the Layout Adjustment tab.

1. Select E-mail from the All Services screen. 2. Select the Layout Adjustment tab.

Scan

3-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Select the applicable option: Original Orientation... (See Chapter 2, Original Orientationon page 2-31) Original Size... (See Chapter 2, Original Sizeon page 2-25) Edge Erase... (See Edge Eraseon page 3-18) Book Scanning... (See Book Scanningon page 3-19) Reduce/Enlarge... (See Reduce/Enlargeon page 3-20)

Edge Erase

When scanning with the document-feeder in the open position or from a book, you can remove the black shadows along the edges using the Edge Erase feature.

1. From the Layout Adjustments tab, select Edge Erase...

2. Select All Edges or Parallel Edges: All Edges: Erases the same amount of length from all four edges of your document. The

edge erase amount is specified by the System Administrator. If you do not want to erase any edges, select [Parallel Edges] and specify 0 for both the top and bottom and left and right edges.

Parallel Edges: Allows you to specify the lengths to be erased from the top and bottom and left and right edges of your document. Up to 50 mm (2 inches) can be specified to each field.

3. For parallel edges, you can use the up or down buttons to set the values. 4. Select the applicable Original Orientation:

Upright Images - Selects the vertical orientation, where the top of the document is orientated towards the back of the machine.

Sideways Images - Selects the horizontal orientation, where the top of the document is orientated towards the left of the machine.

5. Select Save.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-19 User Guide

Book Scanning

The Book Scanning feature allows you to scan facing pages of a document on separate sheets of paper in page-number order.

1. From the Layout Adjustments tab, select Book Scanning...

2. From the Book Scanning screen, select the features. 3. Binding Edge Erase erases the center binding area of the book that tends to be shadowed

due to the fold in the pages. Use the Left or Right buttons to set the dimensions. 4. Select Save to save the changes.

Tip You cannot use the document feeder when using this feature.

Note A document of non-standard size or undetectable size may not be divided exactly into two equal sizes.

Scan

3-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Reduce/Enlarge

The Reduce/Enlarge feature allows you specify a reduction or enlargement value for the scanned document.

1. From the Layout Adjustments tab, select Reduce/Enlarge...

2. Select from: a. Proportional% (default):

In the Variable% area, specify the ratio with the up and down buttons. You can also select a preselect value from the Preset% area. Select Save to save the changes. Enter Output Size: Select from preset standard scanning ratios to set the output

size. b. In the Output Size area, select the applicable preset.

c. Select Save to save the changes.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-21 User Guide

Email Options tab

Set e-mail options using the E-mail Options tab.

1. Select E-mail from the All Services screen. 2. Select the E-mail Options tab.

3. Select the applicable option: File Name... (See File Nameon page 3-21) File Format... (See File Formaton page 3-22) Reply to... (See Reply toon page 3-25) Split Send... (See Split Sendon page 3-25) Read Receipts... (Sends confirmation to sender)

File Name

You can enter and save a file name.

1. From the E-mail Options tab, select File Name...

2. Use the keyboard to enter the file name. 3. Select Save to save the changes.

Scan

3-22 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

File Format

You can set the file format and compression levels.

1. From the E-mail Options tab, select File Format... 2. Select the applicable file format:

TIFF/JPEG Auto Select: Automatically saves scanned data as TIFF or JPEG files. Full color and grayscale scanned images are stored in JPEG format, and monochrome scanned images are saved in TIFF format.

PDF Images Multiple Pages per File: Saves multiple pages into a single file in PDF format.

PDF/A: Saves scanned data in the PDF/A format; PDF/A format is used primarily for archiving and long-term preservation.

Optimize PDF for Fast Web View: If you select one of the PDF file format options, the Optimize PDF for Fast Web View option is available for selection.

XPS: Saves multiple pages into a single file in XPS.

Notes The Optimize PDF for Fast Web View feature allows the user to open and view the

first page of a multi-page PDF document within a web browser, while the remainder of the document continues to load in the background. This may increase the overall file size. Fast Web View restructures an Adobe PDF document for page-at-a-time downloading (byte-serving) from web servers. With page-at-a-time downloading, the web server sends only the requested page, rather than the entire PDF document. This is especially important with large documents that can take a long time to download from a server.

Check with your web master to make sure that the web server software you use supports page-at-time downloading. To ensure that the PDF documents on your website appear in older browsers, you may also want to create HTML links (versus ASP scripts or the POST method) to the PDF documents and keep path names--or URLs--to the files at less than 256 characters. TIFF File for Each Page: Saves each page into a different file in TIFF format. mTIFF Multiple Pages per File: Saves multiple pages into a single file in TIFF

format. JPEG File for Each Page: Saves each page into a different file in JPEG format.

JPEG File for Each Page is not available when Color Scanning is set to Black & White. XPS: Saves multiple pages into a single file in XPS (XML Paper Specification) format.

3. If Applicable, select Compression Method. This button is active only when an option other than JPEG File for Each Page is selected. Auto - For black and white pages, this uses MMR when Original Type is Photo & Text or

Text, and MH when Original Type is Photo. JPEG is used for grayscale and color pages. Manual Select - Allows you to manually select a compression method for black and

white pages. JPEG will be used for grayscale and color pages.

Black and White Pages - Select a compression method for black and white pages from MH, MMR, JBIG2 (Arithmetic Code), and JBIG2 (Huffman Code).

Note The higher the compression rate, the smaller the file size and the poorer the image quality.

4. Select Save. The view returns to the File Format screen. 5. Select Save. The view returns to the File Format screen. 6. Select Save to save the changes.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-23 User Guide

PDF Security

When applicable, you can set the security password for created PDF files:

1. Select PDF Security.

2. Select Password.

3. Select the desired Encryption Algorithm.

Scan

3-24 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Select Document Open Password and select On.

5. Enter the document-open password. 6. Select Save. 7. Select Next and perform steps 4 and 5 again. 8. Select Save. The view is returned to the File Format screen.

PDF Signature

Note In order for this feature to be functional, a certificate needs to have been previously set by the System Administrator. (See Administration Guide)

Allows you to add a signature to your PDF file so that the documents authenticity can be definitively proven, preventing false and fake documents from being presented as authentic documents.

When applicable, you can set the PDF Signature feature:

1. Select MRC High Compression. 2. Select On or Off. 3. Select Save. The view is returned to the File Format screen.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-25 User Guide

Reply to

Use the Reply to... feature to specify or search for a reply recipient.

1. From the E-mail Options tab, select Reply to...

2. Use the keyboard to enter or search for the applicable reply-to name. 3. Select Save to save the changes.

Split Send

When the file size of an outgoing E-mail is too big, the file can be split into files of specific data size to be sent separately.

1. From the E-mail Options tab, select Split Send...

2. Select Off or Split by Page. 3. Select Save to save the changes.

Scan

3-26 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Scan to Folder You can scan documents on the machine and save the scanned data to a folder on the machine.

Tip To use this feature, the folder must already exist. See Chapter 4, Computer operations for instructions for creating a Folder.

Note If a password is set for the specified folder, you must enter the password and select Confirm. If you have forgotten the password, the System Administrator can reconfigure the folder password in System Administration mode.

1. On the All Services screen, select Scan to Folder.

2. If the previous settings are still displayed, press the Clear All button on the control panel. 3. Specify the folder where the scan is to be saved.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-27 User Guide

4. Select the applicable scanning options from the bottom portion of the screen. (See Generic Scan Screen Featureson page 3-2)

5. If a password is set for the specified folder selected, you must enter the password and select Confirm.

6. To access the documents in the folder, select Document List. (See Using the Document Liston page 3-27)

7. If appropriate, select features to configure from each tab. 8. Press Start on the control panel.

For information about each of the tab features, refer to the following sections:

Advanced Settings (See Advanced Settings tabon page 3-12) Layout Adjustment (See Layout Adjustment tabon page 3-17) Filing Options (See Filing Options tabon page 3-28)

Using the Document List

There are several features available from the Document List. You can confirm or delete documents stored inside the folder.

1. From the Scan to Folder screen, select Document List.

2. Use the scroll bar to navigate the document list. 3. Select the applicable document from the displayed list. 4. Select the applicable features from the Document List screen:

Selecting Refresh displays an updated document list with any newly scanned data. Selecting the Document Name or Stored Date column-heading sorts documents in

ascending or descending order by that column. Selecting Review displays the document-list settings for the selected document. Selecting Select All selects the all the document in the list. Selecting Delete removes the selected document(s) from the list. This must be

confirmed on the Delete Documents screen before the selected document can be removed.

Scan

3-28 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. If applicable, select Document Details to display the details for the selected document.

6. Select Change Document Name to edit the existing name using the displayed keyboard. 7. Select Save to print the stored document. 8. Select Close from the Document Details screen to return to the Document List screen.

Filing Options tab

You can use the on-screen keyboard to enter and save a document file-name for the document that is being scanned from the Filing Options tab.

1. Select the Filing Options tab.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-29 User Guide

2. Select Document Name...

3. Use the keyboard to enter the applicable file name. 4. Select Save to save the changes.

Note For more information about Folder creation, refer to Local Disk/Folder in the System Administration Guide or ask your System Administrator for help.

Network Scanning The scanned document is stored on the machines hard drive and then transmitted automatically to a networked computer (server), using a Job Template (See Job templateon page 3-33).

You can access the Network Scanning feature by the selecting Network Scanning button from the All Services screen.

Scan

3-30 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

1. Select Network Scanning from the All Services screen.

2. Specify a Job Template from the list displayed. 3. Use the up and down buttons to navigate the list. 4. If you know the applicable template number, you can enter the Job Template Number in

the Go to text box using the numeric keypad on the control panel. 5. Select Update Templates to refresh the template list, if a recently created template does

not appear on the list. 6. Select Template Description to display a description of the Job Template. A description

only appears if it has been set when the Job Template was created.

7. Select the applicable scanning options from the bottom portion of the screen. (See Generic Scan Screen Featureson page 3-2)

8. If appropriate, select features to configure from each tab. 9. Press Start on the control panel.

For information about each of the tab features, refer to the following sections:

Advanced Settings (See Advanced Settings tabon page 3-12) Layout Adjustment (See Layout Adjustment tabon page 3-17) Filing Options (See Filing Options tabon page 3-31)

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-31 User Guide

Filing Options tab

You can use the Filing Options tab to set and save the various filing options.

1. Select the Filing Options tab.

2. Select File Name... to set the name of the scanned file using the displayed keyboard. 3. Select Save. 4. Select File Format... to set the various formats available. (See File Formaton page 3-31) 5. Select File Name Conflict... to resolve a File Name conflict. (See File Name Conflicton

page 3-33) 6. Enter Login Name password.

File Format

You can select the applicable file scanning format by using the File Format option.

Note The number of format features available varies between formats. If a feature is not available for the specified format, it is either not displayed or displayed as greyed-out and not selectable.

1. From the Filing Options tab, select File Format... 2. Select the applicable file format:

TIFF/JPEG Auto Select: Automatically saves scanned data as TIFF or JPEG files. Full color and grayscale scanned images are stored in JPEG format, and monochrome scanned images are saved in TIFF format.

PDF Images Multiple Pages per File: Saves multiple pages into a single file in PDF format.

PDF/A: Saves scanned data in the PDF/A format; PDF/A format is used primarily for archiving and long-term preservation.

Optimize PDF for fast web: If you select one of the PDF file format options, the Optimize PDF for Fast Web View option is available for selection.

Notes The Optimize PDF for Fast Web View feature allows the user to open and view the

first page of a multi-page PDF document within a web browser, while the remainder of the document continues to load in the background. This may increase the overall file

Scan

3-32 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

size. Fast Web View restructures an Adobe PDF document for page-at-a-time downloading (byte-serving) from web servers. With page-at-a-time downloading, the web server sends only the requested page, rather than the entire PDF document. This is especially important with large documents that can take a long time to download from a server.

Check with your web master to make sure that the web server software you use supports page-at-time downloading. To ensure that the PDF documents on your website appear in older browsers, you may also want to create HTML links (versus ASP scripts or the POST method) to the PDF documents and keep path names--or URLs--to the files at less than 256 characters. TIFF File for Each Page: Saves each page into a different file in TIFF format. mTIFF Multiple Pages per File: Saves multiple pages into a single file in TIFF

format. JPEG File for Each Page: Saves each page into a different file in JPEG format.

[JPEG File for Each Page] is not available when [Color Scanning] is set to [Black & White].

XPS: Saves multiple pages into a single file in XPS (XML Paper Specification) format. 3. If Applicable, select Compression Method. This button is active only when an option other

than [JPEG File for Each Page] is selected. Auto - For black and white pages, this uses MMR when [Original Type] is [Photo & Text]

or [Text], and MH when [Original Type] is [Photo]. JPEG is used for grayscale and color pages.

Manual Select - Allows you to manually select a compression method for black and white pages. JPEG will be used for grayscale and color pages.

Black and White Pages - Select a compression method for black and white pages from [MH], [MMR], [JBIG2 (Arithmetic Code)], and [JBIG2 (Huffman Code)].

Grayscale/Color Pages - For JPEG images, the JPEG image will be used to compress the image.

Note The higher the compression rate, the smaller the file size and the poorer the image quality.

4. Select Save. The view returns to the File Format screen. 5. Select Save. The view returns to the File Format screen.

Select Save to save the changes.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-33 User Guide

File Name Conflict

You can resolve a file-name conflict by using the File Name Conflict option.

1. Select the Filing Options tab. 2. Select the File Name Conflict option.

3. Select the appropriate option: Do Not Save: Cancels the scan operation so that you may enter another file name. Rename New File: Attaches a 4-digit number (0000-9999) to the end of the duplicate

file name and saves the file in the same directory. Overwrite Existing File: Deletes the existing file with the duplicate file name and saves

the new file with the specified file name in the same directory. Append to Existing File: Adds a newly scanned file to the existing file.

Notes This button is displayed only when Network Scanning is selected, and is selectable when

TIFF for Each Page or JPEG File for Each Page is selected for File Format on the E-mail Options or Filing Options tab. Add Date Stamp to File Name: Adds the current date to the name of the new file.

This button is displayed only when Network Scanning is selected. 4. Select Save.

Job template

The job template is a configuration file that defines conditions, information about the transfer destination server, and other information for the scanned file.

A job template can be created remotely using CentreWare or a Network Scanning server application such as the EFI Controller. According to the settings in the template, documents are automatically scanned, saved in TIFF/JPEG or PDF format, and then sent to a specified server. For information on how to program a job template, refer to Network Scanning in Chapter 3 of the System Administration Guide.

Note You can create a maximum of 500 Job Templates.

Scan

3-34 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Scan to PC You can convert scanned data to TIFF, DocuWorks, or PDF formats, and then use the FTP or SMB protocols to send the data to a computer on the network.

Note A shared folder for saving scanned documents needs to be created on the computer before you can scan the document.

1. From the All Services screen, select Scan to PC.

2. Specify a Transfer Protocol (See Transfer Protocolon page 3-35). 3. Set and save the Address Book attributes by selecting Address Book... (See Address Bookon

page 3-35) 4. Select the applicable scanning options from the bottom portion of the screen. (See Generic

Scan Screen Featureson page 3-2) 5. As applicable, select features to configure from the Advanced Settings, Layout

Adjustment, and Filing Options tabs. 6. Press Start on the control panel.

For information about each of the tab features, refer to the following sections:

Advanced Settings (See Advanced Settings tabon page 3-12) Layout Adjustment (See Layout Adjustment tabon page 3-17) Filing Options (See Filing Options tabon page 3-31)

Note For information about how to configure the setup from the computer, refer to the manual provided with the computer operating systems.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-35 User Guide

Transfer Protocol 1. From the Scan to PC tab, select Transfer Protocol...

2. Select FTP, SMB, or SMB (UNC Format) as a forwarding protocol. 3. Select Save.

Address Book

From the address book, you can select a server to save the scanned files to.

1. From the Scan to PC tab, select Address Book...

2. Use the up and down buttons to navigate the list. 3. Select a Name from the list and Add. The server name appears in the Save in box.

Scan

3-36 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Select Details... and verify the related information.

5. Select Close.

Tip You can only use recipients configured for SMB or FTP. Mail recipients are not available.

Note For information about configuring the Address Book, refer to Address Book in the System Administration Guide or contact your System Administrator for help.

Filing Options tab

You can use the Filing Options tab to set and save the various filing options.

1. Select the Filing Options tab.

2. Select File Name... to set the name of the scanned file using the displayed keyboard. 3. Select Save. 4. Select File Format... to set the various formats available. (See File Formaton page 3-37) 5. Select File Name Conflict... to resolve a File Name conflict. (See File Name Conflicton

page 3-40)

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-37 User Guide

File Format

You can select the applicable file scanning format by using the File Format option.

Note The number of format features available varies between formats. If a feature is not available for the specified format, it is either not displayed or displayed as greyed-out and not selectable.

1. From the Filing Options tab, select File Format... 2. Select the applicable file format:

TIFF/JPEG Auto Select: Automatically saves scanned data as TIFF or JPEG files. Full color and grayscale scanned images are stored in JPEG format, and monochrome scanned images are saved in TIFF format.

PDF Images Multiple Pages per File: Saves multiple pages into a single file in PDF format.

PDF/A: Saves scanned data in the PDF/A format; PDF/A format is used primarily for archiving and long-term preservation.

Optimize PDF for fast web: If you select one of the PDF file format options, the Optimize PDF for Fast Web View option is available for selection.

Notes The Optimize PDF for Fast Web View feature allows the user to open and view the

first page of a multi-page PDF document within a web browser, while the remainder of the document continues to load in the background. This may increase the overall file size. Fast Web View restructures an Adobe PDF document for page-at-a-time downloading (byte-serving) from web servers. With page-at-a-time downloading, the web server sends only the requested page, rather than the entire PDF document. This is especially important with large documents that can take a long time to download from a server.

Check with your web master to make sure that the web server software you use supports page-at-time downloading. To ensure that the PDF documents on your website appear in older browsers, you may also want to create HTML links (versus ASP scripts or the POST method) to the PDF documents and keep path names--or URLs--to the files at less than 256 characters. TIFF File for Each Page: Saves each page into a different file in TIFF format. mTIFF Multiple Pages per File: Saves multiple pages into a single file in TIFF

format. JPEG File for Each Page: Saves each page into a different file in JPEG format.

[JPEG File for Each Page] is not available when [Color Scanning] is set to [Black & White].

XPS: Saves multiple pages into a single file in XPS (XML Paper Specification) format. 3. If Applicable, select Compression Method. This button is active only when an option other

than [JPEG File for Each Page] is selected. Auto - For black and white pages, this uses MMR when [Original Type] is [Photo & Text]

or [Text], and MH when [Original Type] is [Photo]. JPEG is used for grayscale and color pages.

Manual Select - Allows you to manually select a compression method for black and white pages. JPEG will be used for grayscale and color pages.

Black and White Pages - Select a compression method for black and white pages from [MH], [MMR], [JBIG2 (Arithmetic Code)], and [JBIG2 (Huffman Code)].

Note The higher the compression rate, the smaller the file size and the poorer the image quality.

Scan

3-38 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Select Save. The view returns to the File Format screen. 5. Select Save. The view returns to the File Format screen. 6. Select Save to save the changes.

PDF Security

When applicable, you can set the security password for created PDF files:

1. Select PDF Security.

2. Select Password.

3. Select the desired Encryption Algorithm.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-39 User Guide

4. Select Document Open Password and select On.

5. Enter the document-open password. 6. Select Save. 7. Select Next and perform steps 4 and 5 again. 8. Select Save. The view is returned to the File Format screen.

PDF Signature

Note In order for this feature to be functional, a certificate needs to have been previously set by the System Administrator. (See Administration Guide)

Allows you to add a signature to your PDF file so that the documents authenticity can be definitively proven, preventing false and fake documents from being presented as authentic documents.

When applicable, you can set the PDF Signature feature:

1. Select MRC High Compression. 2. Select On or Off. 3. Select Save. The view is returned to the File Format screen.

Scan

3-40 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

File Name Conflict

You can resolve a file-name conflict by using the File Name Conflict option.

1. Select the Filing Options tab. 2. Select the File Name Conflict option.

3. Select the appropriate option: Do Not Save: Cancels the scan operation so that you may enter another file name. Rename New File: Attaches a 4-digit number (0000-9999) to the end of the duplicate

file name and saves the file in the same directory. Overwrite Existing File: Deletes the existing file with the duplicate file name and saves

the new file with the specified file name in the same directory. 4. Select Save.

Job template

The job template is a configuration file that defines conditions, information about the transfer destination server, and other information for the scanned file.

A job template can be created remotely using CentreWare. According to the settings in the template, documents are automatically scanned, saved in TIFF/JPEG or PDF format, and then sent to a specified server. For information on how to program a job template, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Note You can create a maximum of 500 Job Templates.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-41 User Guide

Optional Color Scanner Kit If you have the optional Color Scanner Kit installed, some of the screens on your machine will be different than those shown in this chapter. The differences will be noted where they occur and where they would impact scanning operation.

The Color Scanner Kit allows E-mail, Scan to Folder, Network Scanning, and Scan to FTP/SMB scans to be in color. Note that scans for the Copy function are only in black and white since the this machine is a monochrome printer.

For reference, here is an example of the portion of the tabbed screens that shows the Output Color feature. This is only different whenever the optional Color Scanner Kit is installed, and replaces the Darken/Lighten feature.

The Color Scanning area contains these four buttons:

Auto Detect - scans are made based on the content of the original Color - scans are made in full color, regardless of the content of the original Black & White - scans are made in black and white, regardless of the content of the original Grayscale - scans are made in grayscale, regardless of the content of the original

PDF Scan Kit The PDF Scan Kit is an optional accessory for the Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer (C/P). The PDF Scan Kit consists of hardware (additional memory) and software (licensing) that expands the capabilities of the standard scanning features, such as: Scan to PC, E-mail scanning, and Network Scanning.

Tip The Color Scan Kit must also be enabled in order to use the PDF Scan Kit. The Color Scan Kit combined with the PDF Scan Kit allows you to scan and create high compression and/or text searchable PDFs in full color.

Note The screens shown in this document may or may not reflect your machines User Interface (UI). The screens may vary depending on your machines configuration and marketplace. The screens shown here are a representation only.

Scan

3-42 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

PDF Scan Kit benefits

The standard Xerox 4112/4127 C/P built-in Scan feature allows you to scan to folder, email, FTP/SMB, and other locations with standard scan settings. These standard scan settings enable high resolution scanning, which in turn creates a larger PDF file size. You can use lower resolution scans to minimize file size, but the scan quality can be impacted. The PDF Scan Kit enables more advanced compression technologies, such as MRC, JBIG2, MMR and MH that allow you to create compressed, high-quality files.

The PDF Scan Kit includes the following features, which are described in detail later in this section:

MRC High Compression scanning

Searchable Text

The PDF Scan Kit can be used with the following services: Scan to PC, Email and Network Scanning. An example of using each service with the PDF Scan Kit is presented later in this document.

Compression Scanning

Large files take up more storage space and take more time to transmit than compressed PDF files. There are numerous benefits to compressing files to PDF, but some of the most important benefits are:

Compressed PDFs can be sent up to 10x faster than files that are not compressed.

Compressed PDF files take up much less storage space on your system.

When transferring compressed PDF files over the Internet or Intranet, you use less bandwidth.

When using the PDF Scan Kit, you have access to the following compression models:

MRC High Compression: This feature, specific to the PDF Scan Kit, enables you to create high resolution, high quality compressed scans that allow for fast and efficient transport through networks without impacting the scanned image quality. For additional information, see; MRC High Compression Scanning.

The following compression models apply to Black and White images, only. They are available when using the standard scan package as well as with the PDF Scan Kit.

MH: Modified Huffman - (CCITT-G3) Lossless Fax compression for binary Black and White images, only. For Black & White pages, MH is used when Photo is selected as the Original Type.

MMR: Modified Modified Read - (CCITT-G4) Lossless Fax compression for binary Black and White images, only. This is the default setting for Black and White jobs.

JBIG2: Joint Binary Image Group v2 - The most recent replacement for the CCITT-G3/G4 binary Black and White lossless compression schemes. A scanned image can be compressed up to 10x smaller than with TIFF G4 (MMR). There are two sub categories:

JBIG2-Arithmetic: Arithmetic coding is a method of encoding data using a variable number of bits. The number of bits used to encode each symbol varies according to the probability assigned to that symbol.

JBIG2-Huffman: An extremely popular compression method for text-based data. Huffman coding uses an integral number of bits to encode a symbol.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-43 User Guide

JPEG: Joint Photographic Experts Group - A compression method that is commonly used for images. For Grayscale and Color images, JPEG is used to compress the image. JPEG resolution depends on system settings. See the System Administrator Guide or contact your system administrator for additional details.

Note Lossless data compression allows the same original data to be reconstructed from the compressed data. Lossless compression is used for data and text files. Lossy data compression does not produce exact reconstructions. Audio and video files often use lossy compression.

MRC High Compression Scanning

MRC, or Mixed Raster Content, is a compression model that separates an image into three different layers: foreground, background, and mask. Each layer is compressed separately using the most appropriate type of compression for that data type and is later uncompressed and recombined based on the mask layer to restore the original image.This compression model is available only when using the PDF Scan Kit.

As an example, consider a document with text, photographs and graphical elements. Using the MRC High Compression model we might place photographic elements in the Background layer, colored graphical elements (including text color) in the Foreground layer, and text shapes (or other similar high frequency, high contrast elements) in the Mask layers. Since text carries visual information at high contrast and spatial frequency, it can be encoded as 1 bit per pixel at 600 spi. The values of 0 and 1 for the Mask layer indicate which of the two other layers should be used for reconstruction of the composite image.

In contrast to text, the accurate communication of photographic and colored graphical visual information requires fewer pixels per inch (lower spatial frequency), but requires more bits per pixel. To compress the image, we would use a binary and typically lossless algorithm, e.g., MMR, while the Background and Foreground layers would be compressed using a continuous tone, and typically, lossy algorithm, e.g., JPEG.

Using MRC High Compression will generally produce a smaller file size than using one of the other compression models. You can use MRC Compression on its own or with the other compression models for additional compression scenarios.

Note The following conditions should be considered when using the MRC High Compression feature:

MRC High Compression is not available for Color Scanner Kit Black & White jobs.

MRC High Compression is supported for 200 or 300 dpi scans, only.

When MRC High Compression is designated, document type options are not available. The device automatically scans the document in the Text/Photo mode.

Photographic paper scanning is not supported with the MRC High-Compression feature.

PDF v1.3 is output in the MRC High Compression feature, and documents can be opened by Acrobat 4.x, or later. When JBIG2 is used for the compression method of the mask image, PDF v1.4 is output.

Scan

3-44 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Sample Scans using the PDF Scan Kit

The following 8.5 x 14 image was scanned on the 4127 Standard Color Scan using Scan to FTP - without the PDF Scan Kit. The resulting color scanned file size is 5.95MB. When scanning a Grayscale image, the scanned size is 1.19MB.

If the PDF Scan Kit is used when scanning this image, the following size reductions are achieved:

High Compression File (with Auto compression) - 727K

High Compression File (with MMR compression) - 403K

High Compression File (with JBIG2 - arithmetic) - 401K

High Compression File (with JBIG2 - Huffman) - 406K

High quality of the image is maintained with the added benefit of file size being reduced dramatically - in most cases the file size is reduced more than 10x. As you can see, file size reduction is especially dramatic when scanning color documents.

The next 2-page 8.5 x 11 in. document was scanned on the 4127 Standard Color Scan using Scan to FTP - without the PDF Scan Kit. The resulting file size for the color scan is 893K. For the Grayscale scan, the file size is 916K. Using the PDF scan Kit, the following results were achieved:

With the MRC High Compression set to On, the size was reduced to 295K.

If the document was scanned as Grayscale with MRC High Compression set to On, the size would be reduced to 251K.

The high quality of the image is maintained with the added benefit of file size being reduced substantially - in this case more than 3x.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-45 User Guide

Searchable Text

This feature allows you to scan text and generate PDFs that contain a layer of searchable text. The scanned document can then be transmitted using Scan to PC, E-mail or Network Scanning, where it can be searched, copied and pasted and commented on using Adobe Acrobat or Microsoft Word software. For security purposes the original document cannot be edited.

There are two selections that you can choose from the Searchable Text screen:

Image Only: Scans and transmits images. The text is not searchable when using this option.

Searchable: This feature allows you to scan a document that contains text, compress it and then transmit the resulting PDF file. The text is imbedded into the scanned file.

The following are a few examples which show the benefits of using the PDF Scan Kits Searchable Text feature:

Searchable text is useful when scanning documents that contain bulk text (e.g., user manuals, business reports, memos, legal documents, etc.) so that you can view and search them when using applications such as Adobe Acrobat Reader.

Searchable text is useful for archiving scanned pages. As an example, once documents are scanned, you can search an entire archive for all documents that include the word feather. Since the text is searchable, it is recognized by text search engines such as Google Desktop, Microsoft Windows, etc.

You can send searchable PDF documents to colleagues for review and comment. They can then comment on the documents using Adobe Acrobat Reader commenting tools and then return the documents to you.

You can scan numerous documents and then create a single PDF document using tools such as Adobe Acrobat Professional. It may be more convenient to have one single file than ten separate files.

When sending images, the sent image can be cropped and then edited using imaging software such as Adobe Photoshop or SnagIt. For security purposes, the original image cannot be edited.

Using the PDF Scan Kit

The PDF Scan Kit can be used with Scan to PC, Email and Network Scanning.

Scan to PC using the PDF Scan Kit

E-mail using the PDF Scan Kit

Network Scanning using the PDF Scan Kit

Note The Color Scan Kit must also be enabled in order to use the PDF Scan Kit.

Scan

3-46 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Scan to PC using the PDF Scan Kit

Scan to PC allows you to convert scanned data to TIFF, DocuWorks, or PDF formats, and then use the FTP or SMB protocols to send the data to a computer on the network.

Note A shared folder for saving scanned documents needs to be created on the computer before you can scan the document. For additional information about Scan to PC, see the User Guide. See your system Administrator to set up FTP/SMB addresses.

In this example, a 26-page document with both text and images will be compressed with searchable text and sent to an FTP location. The original scanned black and white document is 2.15MB.

1. From the Services screen, select Scan to PC.

2. From the menu within the Address Book, select the FTP address that you want to use to send the document.

3. From the Color Scanning menu, select Grayscale.

4. Press the Filing Option tab.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-47 User Guide

5. Press the File Format button.

6. Select PDF Images (Multiple Pages per File). 7. To set compression, select the MRC High Compression button.

8. From the MRC High Compression screen, select On to enable high compression. 9. Select Save.

10. From the File Format screen, select the Searchable Text button.

Scan

3-48 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

11. You can select from Image Only or Searchable: Image Only: Scans and transmits images. The text is not searchable when using this

option. As an example, this option would be useful if you were scanning to archive a typed document that contained signatures. Once scanned, you could copy and paste the sections of the document that were relevant to your needs.

Searchable: For this example, select Searchable. This feature allows you to send the job as a PDF that contain a layer of searchable text. Select from the following Searchable options: Language to Identify: You can select from English, Spanish or French. Text Compression: This allows you to select Compress Text.

12. Once you have selected your options, select Save. 13. Select Save on the Searchable Text screen. 14. Load your document(s) on the Document Glass or in the Document Feeder. 15. Select Start. The Scan to PC screen shows the progress of the job and it is sent to the

selected location. Access the resulting PDF job using Adobe Acrobat software. The original document was 2.15 MB, but when using MRC High Compression, the document was reduced in size to 644k - a size that is more than 3x smaller than the original. You can cut and paste and comment on the document, but you cannot edit the original file.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-49 User Guide

E-mail using the PDF Scan Kit

This feature allows you to send a scanned document as an e-mail attachment.

In this example, a 2-page color brochure, containing both text and images, is scanned using grayscale and is then e-mailed to three individuals for comment. The original size of the color brochure is 1.63MB.

1. From the Services screen, select E-mail.

2. From the E-mail screen, add the users that will be receiving the document.

Note To add new e-mail accounts see the User Guide or contact your System Administrator.

3. From the Color Scanning menu,select Grayscale. 4. Press the E-mail Options tab.

Scan

3-50 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. Select the File Format button.

6. Press the PDF Images Multiple Pages per File button. 7. Press the Searchable Text button.

8. Select Searchable. 9. Press the Text Compression button:

a. Select Compress Text: For grayscale and color jobs the default setting of JPEG is used to compress the image. Since this is a grayscale job, the default setting will be used.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-51 User Guide

b. Press Save.

10. To set compression, select the MRC High Compression button. 11. Press the On button.

12. Press Save. 13. Press Save again. 14. Load your document in the document feeder and press Start. If enabled, the Email screen

shows the progress of the job and it is sent to the selected location. The document size is reduced from 1.63 MB to 293K. Once received, the documents can be commented on using Adobe Acrobat software and then they can be e-mailed back to you for review.

Scan

3-52 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Network Scanning using the PDF Scan Kit

When using Network Scanning, the scanned document is stored on the machines hard drive and then transmitted automatically to a networked computer (server), using a Job Template.

The job template is a configuration file that defines conditions, information about the transfer destination server, and other information for the scanned file.

According to the settings in the template, documents are automatically scanned, saved in TIFF/ JPEG or PDF format, and then sent to a specified server.

Note For additional information on creating job templates, see the System Administrator Guide, the User Guide, or contact your System Administrator.

In this example, a three-page color template will be scanned black and white and then compressed and sent in PDF format to a specified network location. The original scanned file size is 1.77 MB.

1. From the Services screen, press Network Scanning.

2. From the Network Scanning screen, select the job template that you want to use. 3. From the Color Scanning menu, select Black & White.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-53 User Guide

4. Press the Filing Options tab.

5. From the Filing Options tab, select the File Format button.

6. From the File Format screen: a. Select PDF Images Multiple Pages per File. b. Select the Compression Method button to view the default compression for Black &

White documents. The default selection is MMR since Photo & Text is the Original Type for this job. Select Cancel to return to the File Format screen.

Note MRC High Compression is not available to select for Black & White jobs.

Scan

3-54 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

c. Select Searchable Text.

7. Press the Searchable button. 8. Select the Text Compression button.

9. Select Compress Text. The text will be compressed using the MMR compression method, which is the default method for this job.

Scan

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 3-55 User Guide

10. Select Save.

11. Press Save on the next two screens. 12. Load your document in the document feeder and select Start. The Network Scanning

screen shows the progress of the job and it is sent to the selected location. The file size is reduced form the original from the 1.77MB to 293K. A confirmation sheet may print once the scan is completed.

Scan

3-56 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-1 User Guide

4Computer operations Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Network Printing Print procedures vary depending on the application software you are using. For more information, refer to the documentation provided with each application.

To learn about print features, click Help in the print driver screen and refer to the online help.

Printing with the PS print drivers 1. Load the paper in the paper tray. See the Paper and other Media chapter in the User

Guide. 2. From your computer, open the document you want to print. 3. Select File > Print. 4. Select the desired printer. 5. Select Properties. 6. Select the Paper/Output tab. 7. Select the appropriate Paper Tray, Paper Size, and Paper Type.

Computer operations

4-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

8. Select the Advanced tab and select any Advanced Features. 9. Select OK to save and close the Properties window. 10. Select the desired copies/quantity and OK to print the job.

Note For additional information, review your print driver documentation.

Printing with the PCL print drivers 1. Load the paper in the tray. See the Paper and other Media chapter in the User Guide. 2. From your computer, open the document you want to print. 3. Select File > Print. 4. Select the desired printer. 5. Ensure that Auto-Rotate and Center and Choose Paper Source by PDF page size are

unchecked.

Note These options may not be available with your version of Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-3 User Guide

6. Select Properties andselect the Paper/Output tab.

7. Click the Paper Select button.

8. If Tray 3 or Tray 4 is being used, then select Paper Settings for Auto Tray and choose the appropriate paper type.

9. Select OK twice to return to the Properties screen.

Computer operations

4-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

10. Select the Advanced tab and select any Advanced Features.

11. Select OK to save and close the Properties window. 12. Select the desired copies/quantity and OK to print the job.

Note For additional information, review your print driver documentation.

CentreWare Internet Services CentreWare Internet Services requires a TCP/IP environment, and enables you to view the status of the machine and its jobs, as well as submit jobs for printing.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-5 User Guide

Print a job from CentreWare Internet Services Note Only print ready files (*.ps, *.pcl, *.jpeg, *.tiff, *.pdf, etc.) may be submitted to the device from the CentreWare Internet Services web page.

1. Start your computer and open the browser. 2. Enter the device IP address or Internet address in the browser address field and press the

Enter key on your computers keyboard.

Note If you cannot access your machine via CentreWare Internet Services, see your System Administrator for help.

3. From the CentreWare Internet Services screen, select the Print tab.

4. Select a file to print by clicking the Browse button and navigating to the desired file. 5. Select your desired print options. 6. Select the Submit Job button to print the job.

Computer operations

4-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Copying a job with tabs 1. Load the tab stock in Tray 5 (Bypass). See, Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-

5. 2. The Tray 5 (Bypass) screen opens automatically. Use the controller to confirm or change

the paper size. a. Select Confirm if the paper size and type displayed are correct. b. Select Change Settings to select the correct paper settings.

3. Select the tab stock: Paper Type Paper Size: Select Standard Size (8.5 x11 in./A4).

4. Select Save/Confirm until you return to the Copy screen.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-7 User Guide

5. Select: a. Output Format tab. b. The Output Orientation button.

6. Select: a. Face Down. b. Save

Computer operations

4-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

7. From the Output Format tab, select Tab Margin Shift.

8. Select: a. Shift to Tab: Follow the tab loading instructions and review your tab stock selections. b. Save.

9. Enter the desired output quantity using the numeric keypad. 10. Select Start to begin copying.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-9 User Guide

Network tab printing

Network printing on tabs using the PS print drivers 1. Load the tab stock in Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5 (Bypass). Refer to Loading Tab Paper in Trays

in the Paper and Other Media chapter. 2. From your computer, open the document you want to print. 3. Select File > Print. 4. Select the desired printer. 5. Select Properties. 6. Select the Paper/Output tab. 7. Select the appropriate Paper Tray, Paper Size, and Paper Type (Select Tab Stock if using

the Tray 5 manual tray, otherwise select Printer Default Type).

8. Select the Advanced tab and select Advanced Features.

Computer operations

4-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

9. Select Shift tab from the Tab Margin Shift feature.

10. Set the desired shift margin. 11. Select OK to save and close the Tab Margin Shift window. 12. Select OK to save and close the Properties window. 13. Select the desired copies/quantity and OK to print the job.

Note For additional information, review your print driver documentation.

Network printing on tabs using the PCL print drivers 1. Load the tab stock in Tray 3, Tray 4, or Tray 5 (Bypass). Refer to Loading Tab Paper in Trays

in the Paper and Other Media chapter. 2. From your computer, open the document you want to print. 3. Select File > Print. 4. Select the desired printer. 5. Ensure that Auto-Rotate and Center and Choose Paper Source by PDF page size are

unchecked.

Note These options may not be available with your version of Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-11 User Guide

6. Select Properties andselect the Paper/Output tab.

7. Click the Paper Select button.

8. If Tray 3 or Tray 4 is being used for the tab stock, then select Paper Settings for Auto Tray and choose Tab Stock for the paper type.

9. If Tray 5 (Bypass) is being used for the tab stock, then select Tray 5 (Bypass) Settings and choose Tab Stock for the paper type.

10. Select OK twice to return to the Properties screen.

Computer operations

4-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

11. Select the Advanced tab and select the Tab Margin Shift item.

12. From the Tab Margin Shift pull-down menu, select the Shift Tab option.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-13 User Guide

13. Set the desired Tab margin Shift.

14. Select OK to save and close the Tab Margin Shift window. 15. Select OK to save and close the Properties window. 16. Select the desired copies/quantity and OK to print the job.

Note For additional information, review your print driver documentation.

E-mail print You can send e-mail with TIFF or PDF documents attached from a computer to the machine. Received e-mail is automatically printed. This feature is called E-mail Print.

Sending e-mails

This example describes how to use Outlook Express to send e-mail from a computer to each printer.

1. Use your e-mail client to create the e-mail body, and then attach a TIFF or PDF document if available.

Tip Only plain text is permitted in the e-mail body. Change the body text format to plain text from within your e-mail client. HTML format cannot be printed.

Notes Attached files that do not have the .tif or .pdf extension may not print correctly. Up to 31 documents can be attached.

Computer operations

4-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Enter the mail address of the machine as the recipient.

3. Send the e-mail.

Note The receiving printer prints the e-mail body and attached documents with the following configuration:

E-mail body: The PCL print driver for the machine is installed on the sending computer with a default TIFF format document attachment. Default value of logical printer configured by TIFF Memory Allocation Settings in the CentreWare Internet Services Emulation Settings.

PDF format document attachment: Default value of logical printer configured by Postscript Logical Printer Number in the CentreWare Internet Services Emulation Settings. Offset output specification is disabled in each case.

Importing scanned data There are 3 methods for importing documents from a machine folder to your computer.

Importing from a TWAIN Compatible Application Importing from Folder Viewer2 Importing using CentreWare Internet Services

Importing from a TWAIN-compatible application

The following section describes methods for using application software to import a document stored on a machine folder.

The Network Scan driver is used to allow client-side application software to import documents (scan data) stored on the folder in the machine via the network.

Note To learn about fields in the displayed dialog box, click Help and refer to the online help.

1. Launch the application software to import the document.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-15 User Guide

Tip The application must support TWAIN. TWAIN is a standard for scanners and other input devices.

Note For information about supported applications, refer to the Readme contained in the CentreWare Utilities CD-ROM.

2. From the File menu, select the command used to choose the scanner (source). 3. From the Source, select Network Scan, and click Select.

4. From the File menu, select the command used to import the image from the scanner. 5. From the displayed list, click the scanner name of the machine, and click the Select

Scanner button.

Notes If no items are shown in the list, click Refresh. The application searches for scanners. Click on Options to change the way scanner names are displayed.

6. In the Folder Number field, input the folder number (001 - 500) that contains the document you wish to import, and input a password (up to 20 digits) into the Password field.

Notes When you check the Save Password check box, you can skip steps 5 to 7 the next time

you select the same folder. Clicking Change Scanner returns to step 5, where you can reselect a scanner.

7. Click Open Folder.

Computer operations

4-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

8. Select a document(s) to import from the list, and click Import.

Note Import, Refresh, and Delete are available from the menu that appears when you right-click on the list.

When import begins, a dialog appears like the one shown at right. Scan data is forwarded from the folder to the client.

Once forwarding ends, the document is loaded into the application software and is deleted from the folder.

Notes If importing one page at a time, documents that have pages not yet imported are shown in

the list with an asterisk (*). With the exception of DocuWorks, for most applications, the Network Scan driver expands

the compressed data and passes it to the application as a BMP file. Whether or not to delete the document in the folder after forwarding can be configured.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-17 User Guide

Changing network scan driver settings

To learn about fields in the displayed dialog box, click Help and refer to the online help.

Configure the display method for the scanner name You can change the display method for the scanner name shown when that scanner is

selected.

To change the scanner name display method, click on Options in the scanner select dialog box and configure the display.

If a scanner is registered by Other Network Scanners, the scanner in a different subnetwork can be displayed.

Configure the import method for scanned documents You can change the display method and import method for documents when importing

them from a folder.

To change the import method, click Settings in the document select dialog box, and configure the settings in the dialog box that appears.

Computer operations

4-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Importing from Folder Viewer2

Using Folder Viewer2, you can import documents stored in the folder without using any application software.

Tip Folder Viewer2 does not support importing one document at a time. All documents stored on the selected folder are imported.

Note To learn about fields in the displayed dialog box, click Help and refer to the Folder Viewer2 online help.

1. Click Start > Programs > Xerox > Utilities > Folder Viewer2.

Note If a different program folder was specified during installation, choose the correct name instead of Utilities.

2. From the displayed list, click the scanner name of the machine, and click the Select Scanner button.

Notes If no items are shown in the list, click Refresh. The application searches for scanners. Click Options to change the way scanner names are displayed.

3. In the Folder Number field, input the folder number, from 1 - 500, that contains the document you wish to import. Input a password (up to 20 digits) into the Password field.

Notes When you check the Save Password check box, you can skip steps 2 to 4 the next time

you select the same folder. Clicking Change Scanner returns to step 2, where you can reselect a scanner.

4. Click Open Folder.

Computer operations

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 4-19 User Guide

5. Click Import.

Note To import documents, the Auto Import check box must be checked in Folder Viewer2.

6. Click on the Import button to remove all stored documents from the folder, and save them in the specified directory.

Computer operations

4-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-1 User Guide

5Folder Management

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Folder components Register folders to store copied and scanned documents. A maximum of 500 boxes can be registered. For convenience purposes, you may want to make separate boxes for copied documents and for scanned documents.

Delete Folder button

This deletes the selected folder. If there are documents in the folder, they are also deleted.

Tip Deleted documents cannot be recovered.

Folder Name

Set the box name by using the keyboard and the numeric keypad; a maximum of 20 characters may be used.

Check Folder Passcode

Set the folder password. Enter up to 20 numeric digits (0 to 9).

Note The password setting is optional.

Delete Documents After Retrieval

Specify whether or not to enable the feature to delete documents stored in the selected folder at a specified time after a storage period has expired.

Save: The document is stored.

Delete: After the document is printed or retrieved by an external action, it is automatically deleted.

Folder Management

5-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Delete Expired Documents

Specify whether or not to enable the feature to delete stored documents in a folder after a specified storage time period has expired.

No: Does not delete documents even if a specified time period is set.

Yes: Documents are deleted at a specified time after the storage period has expired.

Tip The Document Expired Date option (System Settings>System Settings>Stored Document Settings) must be enabled and a specified date and time must be set in order for the above folder option to function. If the Document Expired Date option is not enabled, then an Enabled setting for the Delete Documents with Expired Date is ignored and the documents are not deleted.

Link Job Flow Sheet to Folder

You can associate a job flow sheet with a folder. By associating a job flow sheet with a previously registered folder, you can determine how documents stored in a folder are processed.

Note For the method of registering a job flow, refer to Job Flow on page 6-1.

When the Delete Folder button is selected

This deletes the selected folder. If there are documents in the box, they are all deleted.

Tip The deleted documents cannot be retrieved. When deleting a folder with more than 100 stored documents, delete the documents from the folder before deleting the folder. If multiple documents are deleted at once, it may take a while for them to be deleted (depending on size).

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-3 User Guide

Create a folder 1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. 2. Select the Tools tab. 3. From the Setup Menu screen, select Create Folder.

4. Select a Folder.

5. Select Create/Delete.

Note By entering a three-digit number with the numeric keypad, you can go directly to a specific folder.

Folder Management

5-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

6. When creating a new folder, the password dialog box appears.

7. Select On or Off for the password option. a. If you selected On, continue toStep 8. b. If you selected Off, continue to Step 11.

8. Enter the desired password. 9. Select the access restrictions (Target Operation):

Always (All Operations): Requires a password for: Scanning and saving documents to the folder Viewing (reading) the folders Document List Printing or deleting documents from the folder

Save (Write): Requires a password only when scanning and saving to a folder. Does not require a password for reading (viewing) the folders Document List nor for printing or deleting documents from the folder.

Print/Delete (Read): Requires a password only when reading (viewing) the folders Document List, and when printing or deleting documents from the folder. Does not require a password when scanning and saving documents to the folder.

10. Select Save. 11. Select the item to be set, and select Change Settings.

12. Select the desired setting for that item. 13. Select Save; you are returned to the Folder Create/Delete screen. 14. Repeat Steps 11-13 for the remaining items. 15. Select Close from the Folder Create/Delete screen; you are returned to the Folder screen.

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-5 User Guide

Editing or deleting an existing folder 1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. 2. Press the Tools tab. 3. From the Setup Menu screen, select Create Folder.

4. Select a Folder.

5. Select Create/Delete.

Note By entering a three-digit number with the numeric keypad, you can go directly to a specific folder.

Folder Management

5-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

6. If you are editing/deleting an existing folder that has an assigned password, the following dialog box appears.

a. Enter the password for that folder b. Select Confirm

7. Select the item to be set, and select Change Settings.

8. Select the desired setting for that item. 9. Select Save; you are returned to the Folder Create/Delete screen. 10. Repeat Steps 7-9 for the remaining items. 11. Select Close from the Folder Create/Delete screen; you are returned to the Folder screen.

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-7 User Guide

Folder backup information Your System Administrator can back up all the folders and their documents from the machine onto a remote computer. This is done by using a software application called Backup Tool for restored document. This ensures that if the machine malfunctions, the folders and their respective contents can be restored to the machine by the System Administrator.

Tip When the System Administrator backups the folders, the following settings are not backed up and will be lost; therefore, you if you use any of these setting, you should record them so that, if necessary, you can reprogram your folder and its documents after they are restored onto the machine:

Folder Passwords Access restrictions (Target Operations); refer to Step 4 of the procedure on page 5-4 Automatic deletion of documents after retrieval Deletion of documents after their expiration date Links to Job Flow Sheets

Send from Folder Note The Send from Folder feature is not available for some models. An optional package may be necessary. For more information, contact the Customer Support Center.

Accessing the Send from Folder options 1. Press the All Services button.

Folder Management

5-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Select Send from Folder.

3. Select the desired folder.

If required, enter a passcode and select the Confirm button. 4. The selected folder document list appears.

To see the documents in a list view of the document list, select the List button.

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-9 User Guide

To see the documents in a Thumbnail list, select the Thumbnail button.

5. Select a document.

6. Select the desired option: Review, Delete, Document Details, Job Flow Settings, Print, or Batch/Print; each of these options is discussed in more detail beginning on the next page.

Notes Up to 100 copied, printed and scanned documents can be stored. The number of documents saved is displayed in Documents Stored. Updated information is displayed by selecting Refresh.

Select to display the previous screen and select to display the next screen. Also, select to display the first screen and select to display the last screen. When Select All is selected, all documents in the box are selected. The selection will be canceled if the button is selected again.

You can sort documents in ascending or descending order by pressing either Document Name or Stored Date.

To the left of the document name is displayed an icon showing the document contents. : Copied document

: Printed document

: Edited document

: Scanned Document

Folder Management

5-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Review

This feature allows you to review the document settings in a folder.

1. Refer to Accessing the Send from Folder options on page 5-7 2. Select a document or documents and select Review.

3. The Document Settings screen appears.

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-11 User Guide

Delete

This feature allows you to delete documents in a folder

1. Refer to Accessing the Send from Folder options on page 5-7 2. Select a document or documents and select Delete.

3. The Delete screen appears.

Delete This deletes the document.

Note Once the document is deleted, it cannot be recovered.

Cancel This cancels deleting the document.

Folder Management

5-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Document Details

This feature allows you to check documents stored in a folder, change their names, change the view size, change the rotation, and display different pages.

1. Refer to Accessing the Send from Folder options on page 5-7 2. Select a document and select Document Details.

3. Select either List or Thumbnail view. 4. The Document Details screen appears.

5. The Document Details screen appears.

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-13 User Guide

View Size and Rotation

This feature allows you to change the size and rotation of the document view.

Select View Size or Rotation pull down menu and select the desired view size and rotation:

View Size: Select either Whole Page or Enlarged View

Rotation: This allows you to rotate ALL the pages for the selected document. Select one of four rotation options:

No Rotation Right 90 Left 90 180 degrees

Selecting a rotation option results in all the document pages being rotated.

Change Document Name

You can rename documents.

Note You cannot rename documents if multiple documents are selected.

1. Select Change Document Name.

2. Enter document name using the keyboard shown. 3. Select Save to keep the name change.

Folder Management

5-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Job Flow Settings

This feature allows you to job flow settings for documents in the folder.

1. Refer to Accessing the Send from Folder options on page 5-7 2. Select a document and select Job Flow Settings.

3. The Job Flow Settings screen appears.

4. Select the desired Job flow settings.

Folder Management

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 5-15 User Guide

Print/Batch Print Documents

This feature allows you to print documents or multiple documents stored in a box.

1. Select a document or multiple documents, and select Print or Batch Print.

Note The documents will be merged in the order they are selected.

2. Select the desired print settings and press Print.

3. Select Document Details to check the content of a document selected.

Folder Management

5-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Linking a Flow Sheet to a folder To link a job flow sheet to a registered folder, perform the following:

1. From the Folder Create/Delete screen, select Link Flow Sheet to Folder. 2. Select Change Settings.

If a job flow sheet is not currently linked/associated to this folder, then the following screen appears:

If a job flow sheet is already linked/associated to this folder, the following screen on appears.

Cut Link: Disassociate the job flow from the folder. Create/Change Link: A screen for job flow association appears. You can select from

the existing job flows or create a new job flow.

Note For more information, refer to Job Flow on page 6-1.

Auto Start: If you select the Auto Start check box, when a document is stored in the folder, the procedure registered in the job flow is automatically is started.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-1 User Guide

6Job Flow

Overview Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

A Job Flow Sheet allows you to process documents that are stored in private folders. A Job Flow is started in the following ways:

Automatically when a document is linked to a folder Manually selecting a Job Flow to act on documents stored in the folder.

To start a Job Flow, you must first link a folder with a specific Job Flow Sheet. When a Job Flow Sheet is set to start automatically, documents are processed automatically by the Job Flow when they appear in the folder.

The following conditions apply to Job Flow Sheets:

Created Job Flow Sheets can be executed, modified, duplicated, or deleted only from the private folder in which it was created.

You can register the following types of document processing in a Job Flow Sheet: Specifying destinations (FTP, SMB, and e-mail) Specifying multiple destinations and batch processing Printing

The document processing types that you can register in a Job Flow Sheet depend on how the documents are stored in a private folder. See the following chart:

Only the Job Flow Sheets that you have permission to execute are displayed. The Job Flow Sheet feature is available only when the Network Scanning Kit is installed on

the machine.

Input Output

Printer E-Mail FTP SMB

Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes

Print Stored Yes No No No

Job Flow

6-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Note For additional Job Flow Sheet information, including Authentication, and Folders, see the System Administration Guide.

Job Flow Procedures

Creating a Job Flow Sheet 1. Press the Machine Status button.

2. From the tab menu, select: a. Tools tab b. Create Job Flow Sheet button

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-3 User Guide

3. Select Create.

4. The Create New Job Flow Sheet screen allows you to enter the data necessary to create a new Job Flow Sheet. Each listed option can be deleted or changed. Change Settings: Select this to confirm or change the setting values of the selected

items. Delete Settings: This deletes the setting values of all selected items. You will be asked

to confirm the delete process.

5. Select the following line items and then press Change Settings. Use the keypad screen to enter information. a. Name: Set the name for the job flow using a maximum of 128 characters b. Description: Set the description of the job flow using a maximum of 256 characters

Job Flow

6-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

c. Keyword: Used to search for a Job Flow Sheet using a maximum of 12 characters. For example, enter Accounting as a keyword to access any Job Flow Sheets that contain Accounting in the Job Flow name

d. Send as E-mail: Specify the recipients for the e-mail. You can specify a total of up to 100 addresses. Select from the address book numbers or by direct input by using the keypad. Address Book: The recipients can be specified from address book. The specified

recipient appears in Recipient Name/E-mail Address in the Send E-mail screen.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-5 User Guide

6. New Recipient: Specify a new recipient. The specified recipient appears in Recipient Name/ E-mail Address in the Mail Send screen. a. Select the item you want to change, and select Change Settings to set.

Subject: If desired, set a specific subject. Delete: This deletes all information for the selected recipients. Change Settings: Confirm or change the selected recipients as shown in the

following image.

File Format: Specify the output file format.

Job Flow

6-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Resend Attempts: Set the amount of times you want to resend an E-mail or to turn off the feature:

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-7 User Guide

b. Transfer via FTP (1) and Transfer via FTP (2): Specify the server where documents are sent using FTP protocols.

Address Book: When the server address is registered in the address book, you can specify the address from the address book. The specified address appears in the FTP Transfer screen.

Select one of Name, Server, Save in, User Name, or Password and press the Enter Details button to display an input screen.

Name: 18 bytes maximum Server: 64 bytes maximum Save in: 128 bytes maximum User Name: 32 bytes maximum Password: 32 bytes maximum File Format: Specify the output file format. You can enter the amount of times you want the information resent using Resend

Attempts.

Job Flow

6-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

c. Transfer via SMB (1), Transfer via SMB (2): Specify the server where documents are sent using SMB protocols.

Address Book: When the server address is registered in the address book, you can specify the address from the address book. The specified address appears in the SMB Transfer screen.

Select one of Name, Server, Shared Name, Save in, User Name, or Password and press the button to display an input screen.

The numbers of characters you can input are as follows. Name: 18 bytes maximum Server: 64 bytes maximum Shared Name: 18 bytes maximum Save in: 128 bytes maximum User Name: 32 bytes maximum Password: 32 bytes maximum Enter Details: You can confirm or change the selected recipients. File Format: Specify the output file format.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-9 User Guide

d. Selecting Print allows you to set options to print the linked Job Flow Sheet. Select Off to disable this feature.

7. Select Save to keep your settings. To activate the Save option, you must enter values in any of the following fields: Send as E-mail, Transfer via FTP, Transfer via SMB, Print.

Job Flow

6-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

8. View the newly created Job Flow Sheets and select Exit.

Linking a Job Flow Sheet with a Folder

You can link a folder to a Job Flow Sheet, which instructs how the documents in the folder are processed.

1. Select the Machine Status button on the controller.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-11 User Guide

2. From the Tools tab, select Create Folder.

3. For this exercise, you will link a Job Flow Sheet to a new folder. a. Select a folder that is Not in Use. b. Select Create/Delete.

4. On the New Folder - Password screen, you can enter a password for folder access. The password must be entered once you start the Job Flow process. a. Enter a password of up to 20 digits using the Numeric Keypad. b. Select a password restriction:

Always (All Operations): A password is required for all Job Flow Sheet access to the folder.

Save (Write): The password entry screen displays when an attempt is made to edit any document in the folder.

Print/Delete (Read): The password entry screen displays when an attempt is made to print or delete any document in the folder.

c. Select Save.

Job Flow

6-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Note If you prefer not using a password, select the Off button. If you do not assign a passcode, all users will be allowed access to the folder.

5. Enter the following information by; a. Selecting each menu bar. b. Pressing the Change Settings button.

Folder Name: Enter a folder name of up to 20 characters using the keypad. Check Folder Passcode: Allows you to review and edit the folder passcode. Delete Documents After Retrieval: You can delete documents in the folder after

they are printed or retrieved, or after they are transferred and printed through a Job Flow Sheet.

Delete Expired Documents; Allows you to delete documents in the folder after a preset period of time elapses. This time period is set by the System Administrator.

Link Job Flow Sheet to Folder: Select and go to step 6.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-13 User Guide

6. At the Link Job Flow to Folder screen, select the Create/Change Link button.

7. Select the Job Flow Sheet that you want to link and then select Save.

8. At the Link Job Flow to Folder screen: a. You can place a checkmark in Auto Start if you want the Job Flow Sheet to be

automatically executed when a new document is saved to the folder. If you do not select Auto Start, you will need to press the Start button on the controller to execute the linked Job Flow Sheet.

Job Flow

6-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

b. Select Close.

Note Selecting Cut Link at any time to remove Job Flow Sheet linkage.

9. The Job Flow Sheet has been linked to the folder. Select Close to exit to the Tools tab.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-15 User Guide

Starting a Job Flow Manually

You need to start a Job Flow manually if the Job Flow Sheet was not set to automatically release when it was assigned to a folder.

1. Load the original document(s). 2. Select the Services button on the controller.

3. Select the Job Flow Sheets icon and if enabled by the System Administrator, select OK.

Job Flow

6-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Select a listed Job Flow Sheet.

5. Press the Start button. The job runs and is placed in a folder or appropriate server.

Note To enable communication with network computers, the SOAP port on this device must be opened.

Change/Duplicate actions are not permitted for Job Flows created on a network computer. However, fields that allow changes can be temporarily changed and used.

Job Flow Sheet Filtering

Job Flows can be filtered by authorization. See Job Flow Sheet Types in the System Administration Guide for more information.

1. Press the Services button.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-17 User Guide

2. Select: a. Job Flow Sheets b. OK.

3. Select Sheet Filtering.

4. The following filtering options are available: a. Owner options:

System Administrator - If this box is checked, the only Job Flow Sheets available to the System Administrator are displayed.

Non-System Administrator - If this box is checked, Job Flow Sheets displayed do not include those available to the System Administrator.

No Filtering - When both the System Administrator and Non-System Administrator boxes arechecked, all the Job Flow Sheets are displayed.

Job Flow

6-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

b. Target options: Place a check in each job type you want displayed.

5. Select Save.

Confirming/Changing Job Flow

You can confirm a Job Flow and temporarily change its parameters. However, only fields that have change permission, assigned when the Job Flow was created, can be edited.

1. Select: a. Job Flow Sheets b. OK.

Job Flow

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 6-19 User Guide

2. Select: a. A listed Job Flow. b. To change contents, select Change Settings.

Note Updated information is displayed by selecting Refresh.

Select to display the previous screen and select to display the next screen. Select to display the first screen and select to display the last screen. You can sort documents in ascending or descending order by pressing either Name or

Last Updated. To confirm Job Flow contents, select Details.

3. Select the group to change from the Group of Items. The Group window opens automatically.

Note Data included in the Job Flow is displayed in the Group of Items.

Job Flow

6-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Select the items you want to change and make changes as instructed.

Note A triangle icon appears to the left of groups that have mandatory fields.

Data included in the Job Flow is displayed in the Items and Current Settings. 5. Close any open screens to keep your changes.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 7-1 User Guide

7Stored Programming

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Stored Programming Overview Frequently used features and job settings can be saved as Stored Programming, which can be accessed using a shortcut button.

Stored Programming not only remembers feature settings, but it can record a series of operations. This enables you to record the hierarchy of displayed screens for each step. For example, you could use Stored Programming to record the following actions: press the Machine Status button, and display the screen the Print Reports screen to print reports.

You can record up to 100 consecutive operations in each stored program Up to 40 programs can be stored.

Tips Build Job cannot be used with Stored Programming. There are situations where a stored program will become invalid:

When default values or paper tray settings are changed in the system setting When buttons are added or removed from the touch screen, since stored programming

only remembers the location of a button on the screen, not the name of the button. For example, button positions can change when a job flow or job template is added or deleted

Changing the values of the Watermark feature when it is used in a stored program Changing the password to the folder used in the stored program after it is stored.

System Settings, Job Flow Sheets, Network Scanning, Address Book and the Browse feature for the Scan to PC cannot be used with Stored Programming.

Stored Programming

7-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Storing a Program 1. Press the Machine Status button.

Note The following actions terminate the storing process:

Pressing the button on the control panel The Auto Reset feature causes a time-out A popup window (paper jam, for example) displays

Note Do not perform the following while storing a program, or the program may not be stored or it may not function as programmed:

Remove or insert a paper tray Load or reload paper in Tray 5 (Bypass)

2. From the Tools tab, select Stored Programming.

Stored Programming

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 7-3 User Guide

3. Select a. Store b. Select a Stored Programming button from the numbered list. Select to display the

previous or next screen

Notes When storing a program for Tray 5, store both the paper size and the paper type or the

stored program may not be successfully called. Once a job is stored to a button it cannot be edited, it must be saved again.

4. Set the features you wish to register. Features that are not available to use with Stored Programming are grayed out, such as Network Scanning and Job Flow Sheets. For the remainder of this exercise, you will store copy job programming. Select the Copy button and OK.

Stored Programming

7-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Notes Feature and OK button availability will depend on what buttons were enabled by the

System Administrator. A tone is generated while registering to job memory. To change the tone volume, refer

to Stored Programming Tone in the System Administration Guide. 5. From the Copy window, select 1 ->2 Sided copying.

6. From the Output format tab, select the Watermark button.

Stored Programming

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 7-5 User Guide

7. From the Watermark screen: a. Select On b. Mark the Date & Time box c. Select Save

8. Press the Start button to end registration and store the programming. Once you call the copy job programming, all the screens that you programmed will display prior to job submission.

Notes For additional information about naming and calling stored programming, see: on

page 7-7 and on page 7-9. One-touch buttons M01 to M20 are provided for Stored Programs 1 to 20.

Stored Programming

7-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Deleting Stored Programs 1. Press the Machine Status button. 2. From the Tools tab, select Stored Programming. 3. Select

a. Delete b. Select the Stored Program number you want to delete

4. Select Yes to confirm Stored Programming deletion.

5. Select Close.

Note Deleted Stored Programs cannot be restored.

Stored Programming

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 7-7 User Guide

Naming/Renaming a Stored Program

Up to 18 characters are allowed in a Stored Program name.

1. Press the Machine Status button. 2. From the Tools tab, select Stored Programming. 3. Select:

a. Enter/Change Name b. Select the stored program that you want to rename. Select to display the

previous or next screen

4. Enter the name, and select Save.

5. Confirm the name change. 6. Select Close to save your changes.

Stored Programming

7-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Stored Program icons

You can add or change a stored program icon.

1. Press the Machine Status button. 2. From the Tools tab, select Stored Programming. 3. Select:

a. Assign/Change Icon b. Select the stored program to add or change the icon. Select to display the

previous or next screen

4. Select an icon and then select Save.

The icon is added to the listed stored program.

Stored Programming

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 7-9 User Guide

Calling a Stored Program

When calling a specified Stored Program, the last screen shown during Stored Program registration appears.

1. Press the Services button.

2. Select: a. Stored Programming b. OK

Stored Programming

7-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Select the registered Stored Program containing the features you want to call. Select to display the previous or next screen.

4. Select: a. The Stored Program path icon you want to use. Unavailable Stored Programming paths

are grayed out b. OK

5. Each screen that you programmed displays. After a Stored Program is called, select other features if necessary.

6. If your Stored Program path requires it, press the Start button. The job will complete as programmed.

Note If your Stored Program contain errors it will not run and it will need to be reprogrammed correctly.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-1 User Guide

8Paper and other Media

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Note Use Xerox recommended paper to avoid: paper jams, reduced print quality, malfunctions and other printer problems.

Loading Paper into Trays

Guidelines for Loading Paper into Trays

Do:

Align the stack of paper before setting it in the tray.

Fan transparencies and label paper before loading it into trays

Fan transparencies output every 20 sheets to prevent them from sticking together.

After loading paper, affix the paper size label to the front of the tray to indicate the paper size currently in the tray.

Configure the paper tray attributes to match the attributes of the paper loaded in the tray.

Dont:

Use paper that is folded, creased, waved, curled, or heavily warped.

Load mixed paper sizes together into the tray.

Paper and other Media

8-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Additional information For a description of how to make copies on non-standard size paper, information about

setting Paper Type, Paper Type Priority, Paper Tray Priority, paper quality, and setting the paper substitute feature refer to. Paper Tray Settings in the System Administration Guide.

The machine automatically detects the size and orientation of loaded paper in trays. The paper type, however, must be set. For details about changing paper type, refer to Paper Tray Attributes in the System Administration Guide.

Loading Paper into Trays

When a paper tray runs out of paper during copying or printing, a message is displayed on the Control Panel. Add paper to the tray according to the displayed instructions. Copying or printing is automatically resumed after paper is added to the tray.

When loading paper into trays:

Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line. Doing so may cause paper jams and other printer problems.

Place the paper in the tray with the side to be copied or printed on facing up. Tab paper instructions may differ.

Loading Paper into Trays 1 and 2 1. Slowly pull out the tray towards you until it stops.

WARNING If you pull the tray out using too much force, it can hit and injure your knees.

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-3 User Guide

2. Load and align the edge of the paper against the left edge of the tray.

Note Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line.

3. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Note If you need to change the paper size for Trays 1 and 2, contact the Xerox Customer Support Center.

Loading Paper into Trays 3 and 4 1. Slowly pull out the tray towards you until it stops.

WARNING If you pull the tray out using too much force, it can hit and injure your knees.

Paper and other Media

8-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Load and align the edge of the paper against the left edge of the tray.

Note Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line.

3. Squeeze the paper guide levers (2) and adjust the guides to match the size of your paper.

4. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-5 User Guide

Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass)

When using Tray 5 (Bypass):

You must manually enter the paper size

If you use a non-standard paper size often, you can preset the paper size in the device. The preset size then displays under Standard Sizes in the Tray 5 (Bypass) screen. For information about setup, refer to Tray 5 (Bypass) - Paper Size Defaults in the System Administration Guide.

You can load up to 280 sheets of 20 lb/ 75 gsm paper

Tip Do not load mixed size paper into Tray 5 (Bypass).

1. Gently extend Tray 5 (Bypass) as necessary to accommodate the paper.

2. Hold the center of the paper guides and slide them to the desired paper size.

Paper and other Media

8-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Lightly insert the paper along the paper guide until it comes to a stop.

4. Select copying or printing.

Loading Paper into Trays 6 and 7 (optional High Capacity Feeder) 1. Slowly pull out the tray towards you until it stops.

WARNING If you pull the tray out using too much force, it can hit and injure your knees.

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-7 User Guide

2. Fan, load and align the edge of the paper against the right edge of the tray.

To change the paper size follow steps 3, 4, and 5. If you are not changing the paper size, go to step 6.

3. First remove any paper loaded in the tray. 4. Loosen the screws (2) to remove the guides.

Paper and other Media

8-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. Reattach the guides to fit the new paper size and tighten the screws (2).

6. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Loading Paper into Tray 6 (optional 1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder) Note If your machine is equipped with the optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF), refer to the section entitled Optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (Trays 6 and 7) on page 14-1 for specific information. The optional 2-drawer OHCF may not be available in your market area.

1. Slowly pull out the tray towards you until it stops.

WARNING If you pull the tray out using too much force, it can hit and injure your knees.

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-9 User Guide

2. Fan and load the paper, then squeeze and slide both paper guides so they just touch the paper stack.

Note When loading drilled stock, place the paper with its drilled side to the right. When loading tab stock, place the tabs to the left.

3. Move the Paper Weight Switches to match the weight of the paper stock in the tray.

Note For paper heavier than 256 gsm, slide the Paper Weight Switches to the heavier weight position (257 - 300 gsm). Failure to do so may result in paper jams.

4. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Note When the loaded tray is closed, the tray position is automatically adjusted in the front/back direction based on the paper size.

drilled edge

tabbed

Paper and other Media

8-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Loading paper into Tray 8 (Post-Process Inserter)

The Post-Process Inserter is designed for loading paper that will be used as separators and covers. You cannot make copies using the Post-Process Inserter media.

Note Remove any paper that remains loaded into the Inserter.

1. Hold the center of the paper guides and slide them to the desired paper size.

2. Load the paper, aligning to the front side of the tray. If the paper is preprinted, load the paper with the printed side facing up and with the tab side to be fed first.

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-11 User Guide

Loading Tab Paper into Trays

The following describes the procedures used for loading tab paper into Trays 3 and 4 (below), Tray 5 (Bypass) page 8-12, and Tray 8 (Post-Process Inserter) page 8-13.

Tip Do not load paper exceeding the maximum fill line. Doing so may cause paper jams and other printer problems.

Loading Tab Paper into Trays 3 and 4

1. Slowly pull out the tray towards you until it stops.

2. Load and align the edge of the tab paper against the right edge of the tray with the side to be copied or printed on facing down. Move the two paper guide levers while holding their grips so that they lightly contact the edges of the paper.

WARNING If you pull the tray out using too much force, it can hit and injure your knees.

tabbed

Paper and other Media

8-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Loading Tab Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) 1. Gently extend Tray 5 (Bypass) as necessary to accommodate the paper.

2. Hold the center of the paper guides and slide them to the desired paper size.

3. Place the tab paper: With the side to be copied or printed facing up. The bottom side to be fed first. Lightly along the paper guide until it comes to a stop.

Tab edge

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-13 User Guide

Loading Tab Paper into Tray 8 (Post-Process Inserter) 1. Hold the center of the paper guides and slide them to the desired paper size.

2. If the paper is preprinted, load the paper with the printed side facing up and with the tab side to be fed first.

tab edge

Paper and other Media

8-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Change/Confirm the Tray Settings If you change paper types, the tray settings must be modified to reflect the paper type that is loaded in the tray. The following describes how to change or confirm the attributes of the paper loaded in the trays.

Change/confirm the tray settings from the All Services screen Note User Interface (UI) screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. As a result, the UI screens shown in this section may or may not reflect your system configuration.

You can confirm and/or change the paper settings, such as weight, size, type, etc.

Tip In order for the user to confirm or change paper settings, the System Administrator must enable the Paper Tray Attributes feature. See your System Administrator, or refer to the System Administration Guide, Chapter 8, Setup Menu.

1. Press the Machine Status button on the Controller. 2. From the Machine Status menu, select the:

a. Tools tab b. Paper Tray Attributes button

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-15 User Guide

3. Select the desired paper tray and then select the Change Settings button.

Note For this example, we selected Tray 3 because Trays 1 and 2 do not allow custom paper size entries.

4. Select the Change Settings button.

Paper and other Media

8-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. Select paper options and Auto Size Detect: If you select Auto Size Detect, select the Save button to save and

close the window.

Custom Size: a. The width and height of the paper by selecting the arrow buttons. b. Select Save.

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-17 User Guide

6. Review the paper settings and press Confirm.

7. Select Close on the next screen. 8. Press the Services button to return to the Copy screen.

Change/confirm the DEFAULT tray settings (System Administration) 1. Press the Log In/Out button on the Controller.

Paper and other Media

8-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Enter the System Administrator Login ID (password) with the numeric keypad, and select Enter.

Note The default User ID value is 11111. When using the Authentication feature, a password is required. The default password is x-admin. See the System Administrator Guide for additional information.

3. Select the following: a. Tools tab b. System Settings button c. Common Settings button d. Paper Tray Settings button. ADD NEW IMAGE

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-19 User Guide

4. Select Paper Tray Attributes.

5. Select the desired paper tray and select Change Settings.

Note For this example, we selected Tray 3 because Trays 1 and 2 do not allow custom paper size entries.

6. Select the Change Settings button.

Paper and other Media

8-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper and other Media

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 8-21 User Guide

7. Select paper options and: Auto Size Detect: If you select Auto Size Detect, select the Save button to save and

close the window.

Custom Size: Select the following: a. The width and height of the paper by selecting the arrow buttons. b. Select Save.

Note If the optional OHCF (Tray 6) is attached, an additional Paper Type option called Coated Stock is available.

Paper and other Media

8-22 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

8. Once you have selected and reviewed your paper options, press the Confirm button.

9. Select Close on the next two screens to return to the Tools tab.

Note To assign a name to a Custom Paper entry, refer to Custom Paper Name in the System Administration Guide.

Loading Tab Paper when the optional GBC AdvancedPunch is connected

When the optional GBC AdvancedPunch is attached to your machine, tab paper is loaded differently into the paper trays. For information on how to load paper into the paper trays (when a GBC AdvancedPunch is attached), refer to the GBC AdvancedPunch customer documentation.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 9-1 User Guide

9Job Status

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Job Status Overview The Job Status feature lets you check active, pending, and completed jobs. You can also cancel printing or print pending-print jobs.

You can access the Job Status area by pressing the Job Status button on the control panel.

Job Status button

Job Status

9-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Active Jobs tab You can check active jobs, cancel jobs, or execute jobs in the order you set.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel. 2. Select the Active Jobs tab.

3. Select the job you want to view from the View pull-down menu.

4. Select the applicable job to view from the displayed list. 5. Use the up or down button on the scroll bar to navigate the list. 6. If required, select Display Time to display the time required to process the job.

Note For more information about the time settings, refer to Estimated Time for Single or All Jobs in the System Administration Guide or contact your System Administrator for help.

Job Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 9-3 User Guide

7. To delete a job or change the execution order, select the job from the list. 8. Select Delete or Promote from the pop-up menu.

Delete - Cancels the current or pending job. Promote - Promotes a job to be run after the currently executing job. Details - Shows the details of the selected document. Close Menu - Closes the pop-up menu.

Completed Jobs tab

You can check whether a job has completed successfully. Also, by selecting a job, you can display specific details.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel. 2. Select the Completed Jobs tab.

3. Select the job you want to view from the View pull-down menu.

4. Use the scroll bar to navigate the list.

Job Status

9-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. To check the details of a job, select the job from the displayed list.

6. After checking the job details, select Close.

Secure Print Jobs & More tab

This section describes how to manipulate documents stored by the secure print, sample set, and delayed print features.

1. Press the Job Status button on the control panel. 2. Select the Secure Print Jobs & More tab.

3. Select, set and save the applicable features: Secure Print... (See Secure Print) Sample Set... (See Sample Set) Delayed Print... (See Delayed Print) Charge Print... (See Charge Print)

Job Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 9-5 User Guide

Secure Print 1. From the Secure Print Jobs & More tab, select Secure Print... 2. Select Refresh to display the latest updated information. 3. Use the up or down button to navigate the list. 4. From the displayed list, select the applicable user. If you know the exact number of the user

in the list, you can specify the user directly with the numeric keypad, from the Go to box. 5. Select Document List.

6. Use the keypad on the control panel to enter the passcode.

7. Select Confirm.

Note If no password code is set, the Passcode screen does not appear.

8. Use the up or down buttons to navigate the document list.

Job Status

9-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

9. Select the document you want to print or delete (See To Print a Document on page 7) or (See To Remove a Document on page 6).

Note You can use the Select All button to select all documents in the list. Selecting this button a second time deselects all documents.

To Remove a Document

1. From the document list, select a document to delete. 2. Verify the file name is correct, then select Delete.

3. Select Yes to confirm the deletion.

Job Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 9-7 User Guide

To Print a Document

1. From the document list, select a document to print. 2. Enter the number of copies in the No. of Documents: box, using the numeric keypad. 3. Select Print. 4. Select what to do with the document after printing.

Print and Delete - Starts printing the document. After printing, the document is removed.

Print and Save - Starts printing the document. After printing, the document is saved to the User document-list.

Cancel - This cancels the printing of the document.

Sample Set

This section describes the sample set feature. When printing multiple copies from a client, specifying a sample set, prints a sample set for validation.

1. From the Secure Print Jobs & More tab, select Sample Set... 2. Select Refresh to display the latest updated information. 3. Use the up or down button to navigate the list. 4. From the displayed list, select the applicable user. If you know the exact number of the user

in the list, you can specify the user directly with the numeric keypad, from the Go to box.

Job Status

9-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. Select Document List.

6. Select the document you want to print or delete (See To Print a Sample Set on page 9) or (See To Remove a Sample Set Document on page 9).

Note You can use the Select All button to select all documents in the list. Selecting this button a second time deselects all documents.

Job Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 9-9 User Guide

To Remove a Sample Set Document

1. From the document list, select a document to delete. 2. Verify the file name is correct, then select Delete.

3. Select Delete to confirm the deletion.

To Print a Sample Set

1. From the document list, select a document to print. 2. Enter the number of copies in the No. of Documents: box, using the numeric keypad. 3. Select Print.

4. Select Yes.

Job Status

9-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Delayed Print

This section describes how to print and delete documents stored by the delayed print feature.

1. From the Secure Print Jobs & More tab, select Delayed Print... 2. Select Refresh to display the latest updated information. 3. Use the up or down button to navigate the list. 4. From the displayed list, select the applicable document. If you know the exact number of

the document in the list, you can specify it directly with the numeric keypad, from the Go to box.

5. Select the applicable document you want to print or delete.

When You Select Delayed Print - Delete 1. From the document list, select a document to delete. 2. Select Delete. 3. Verify the file name is correct, then select Yes.

Job Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 9-11 User Guide

When You Select Delayed Print - Print

This prints the document saved by the delayed print feature. After printing, the document is deleted.

1. From the document list, select a document to print. 2. Select Print. 3. Select Yes.

Charge Print

The Charge Print feature allows you to print or delete documents stored for each billing user ID.

1. From the Secure Print Jobs & More tab, select Charge Print...

2. Select Refresh to display the latest updated information. 3. Use the up or down button to navigate the list. If you know the exact number of the

document in the list, you can specify it directly with the numeric keypad, from the Go to box.

Job Status

9-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Select the needed billing user ID. 5. Select Document List. The Password screen is displayed. 6. Enter the passcode and select Confirm. 7. Select a document to print or delete from the displayed list. 8. Select the required option. 9. When finished, select Close.

Printing Waiting Print Jobs

You can print all the pending print jobs.

Note If there are no pending print jobs, then you cannot select Print Waiting Jobs.

1. Press the Job Status button. 2. Select Print Waiting Jobs.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-1 User Guide

10Machine Status

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Overview The Machine Status button is used to access machine status information and features.

Press the Machine Status button on the User Interface to access the following tabs.

Machine Information Faults Supplies Billing Information Tools

Machine Status button

Machine Status

10-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

The Machine Information tab The Machine Information tab provides general information about the copier/printer and has buttons that allow you to access other machine information features.

Serial Number

The Machine Serial Number is displayed in the General Information area on the Machine Information tab. You will need this number when calling Xerox for technical information or assistance.

Current system software version

The version of the system software that is currently installed on your copier/printer is displayed.

The IP address of your copier/printer

An IP address is a unique address that an electronic device uses to communicate with other devices on a network using the Internet Protocol (IP) standard.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-3 User Guide

Machine Configuration...

Select the Machine Configuration button to view a list of hardware components and options that are available on your machine, and the status of each.

Note Select to display the previous screen and to display the next screen.

Software Version...

Select the Software Version button to check the software versions for machine components.

Machine Status

10-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Tray Status....

Select the Paper Tray Status button to view the current status information for each paper tray.

Print Reports...

The Print Reports button must be enabled by a System Administrator before reports can be printed. Some features on the Print Reports screen are only available in System Administrator mode.

Select the various buttons to identify the desired report criteria, then press Start to print the report.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-5 User Guide

Refer to the following table for information about the various reports.

Report Category Report Name Description

Job Status Job History Report Lists data for the last 200 jobs recorded on the machine. Jobs can be filtered by job type.

Error History Report Lists the most recent errors that occurred in the machine.

Copy Reports Configuration Report Lists common settings, such as the hardware configuration, network information, and current feature settings.

Printer Reports Configuration Report Lists common settings, such as the hardware configuration, network information, and current feature settings.

PCL Settings List Lists the PCL emulation mode settings.

PCL Macro List Lists the macros registered for use with PCL emulation.

PDF Settings List Lists the settings for PDF print mode.

TIFF/JPEG Settings List

Lists the settings for TIFF/JPEG print mode.

TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List

Lists the settings for up to 20 logical printers created in TIFF/JPEG print mode.

PostScript Logical Printers List

Lists the logical printers created in PostScript mode.

HP-GL/2 Settings List Lists the HP-GL/2 emulation mode settings.

HP-GL/2 Logical Printers List

Lists the HP-GL/2 emulation mode settings stored in memory.

Font List Lists all fonts available on the machine.

PCL Font List Lists the fonts available in PCL emulation mode.

PostScript Font List Lists the PostScript fonts available.

Scan Reports Reports: Configuration Report

Lists common settings, such as hardware configuration, network information, and feature settings.

Reports: Scan/Fax Configuration Report

Lists settings specific to the scan features.

Reports: Domain Filter List

Lists domains registered for domain filtering.

Job Template List Lists the job templates that can be used on the machine.

Address Book Lists the contents of address books and relay stations for the address selections shown on the right side of the screen.

Folder List Folder List Lists the folder settings and the procedure used when storing data in the folder.

Job Counter Report

Job Counter Report Lists the job counter reports for each feature.

Machine Status

10-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Overwrite Hard Disk Note This is an optional feature that may not be available on your copier/printer; it is part of the optional Data Security Kit. It overwrites information on the hard disk to ensure the highest level of security. This option must be enabled by the System Administrator.

The Overwrite Hard Disk feature prevents the document image and registered data recorded on the hard disk from being illegally retrieved.

1. Access to this feature is via the Machine Status button on the control panel.

Auditron Reports

Meter Report (Print Jobs)

Lists the number of pages printed per user and by all users. (Available when Accounting Type feature is set to Accounting Disabled.)

Auditron Report (Copy Jobs)

Lists Auditron reports for all copy jobs completed by the selected users.

Auditron Report (Print Jobs)

Lists Auditron reports for all print jobs completed by the selected users.

Auditron Report (Scan Jobs)

Lists Auditron reports for all scan jobs completed by the selected users.

Report Category Report Name Description

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-7 User Guide

2. Select the Overwrite Hard Disk button on the touch screen. The Overwrite Hard Disk Status Standby screen displays while the overwrite process is

in progress.

3. When Standby appears next to the button on the Machine Information tab, the overwriting operation has finished.

Refer to the Overwrite Hard Disk section in the System Administration Guide for more information.

Machine Status

10-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Print Mode...

This feature allows you to change the default printer mode and emulation parameter settings.

When On-line is selected on the Print Mode window, the copier/printer can accept data. When Off-line is selected, the copier/printer is taken off-line and cannot accept data.

PCL Emulation

Select the PCL Emulation button to set parameter values for printing jobs with PCL emulation.

1. Select PCL Emulation on the Print Mode screen. 2. Enter the 3 digit item number for the parameter that you want to change. The item

numbers are shown in the following table. 3. Select Change Value. 4. Enter the required value.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-9 User Guide

5. Select Save.

Parameter Item Value

Paper Tray 201 0: Auto (Default) 1: Tray 1 2: Tray 2 3: Tray 3 4: Tray 4 5: Tray 5 (Bypass) 6: Tray 6 (HCF) 7: Tray 7 (HCF)

Select the paper tray. When Auto is selected, the machine automatically selects the tray based on the paper size specified on the Paper Supply screen.

Auto Size 202 3: A3 4: A4 (Default) 5: A5 14: B4 15: B5 21: 8.5 x 14 in. 22: 8.5 x 13 in. 23: 8.5 x 11 in. (Default) 24: 11 x 17 in. 30: 8K

Select the default paper size when the machine is set to select paper size automatically (set to Auto). The default value is A4 or 8.5 x 11 in.depending on the region.

Bypass Size 203 3: A3 4: A4 (Default) 5: A5 14: B4 15: B5 21: 8.5 x 14 in. 22: 8.5 x 13 in. 23: 8.5 x 11 in. (Default) 24: 11 x 17 in.

Sets the paper size for the bypass tray. Only available when Paper Tray is set to Tray 5 (Bypass). The default value is A4 or 8.5 x 11 in. depending on the region.

Orientation 205 0: Portrait (Default) 1: Landscape

2 Side Print 206 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Machine Status

10-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Default Font 207 0: CG Times 41: Times New Bold 1: CG Times Italic 42: Times New Bold Italic 2: CG Times Bold 43: Symbol 3: CG Times Bold Italic 44: Wingdings 4: Univers Medium 45: Line Printer 5: Univers Medium Italic 46: Times Roman 6: Univers Bold 47: Times Italic 7: Univers Bold Italic 48: Times Bold 8: Univers Medium Condensed 49: Times Bold Italic 9: Univers Medium Condensed Italic 50: Helvetica 10:Univers Bold condensed 51: Helvetica Oblique 11: Univers Bold Condensed Italic 52: Helvetica Bold 12: Antique Olive 53: Helvetica Bold Oblique 13: Antique Olive Italic 54: CourierPS 14: Antique Olive Bold 55: CourierPS Oblique 15: CG Omega 56: CourierPS Bold 16: CG Omega Italic 57: CourierPS Bold Oblique 17: CG Omega Bold 58: SymbolPS 18: CG Omega Bold Italic 59: Palatino Roman 19: Garamond Antiqua 60: Palatino Italic 20: Garamond Kursiv 61: Palatino Bold 21: Garamond Halbfett 62: Palatino Bold Italic 22: Garamond Kursiv Halbfett 63: ITC Bookman Light 23: Courier (Default) 64: ITC Bookman Light Italic 24: Courier Italic 65: ITC Bookman Demi 25: Courier Bold 66: ITC Bookman Demi Italic 26: Courier Bold Italic 67: Helvetica Narrow 27: Letter Gothic 68: Helvetica Narrow Oblique 28: Letter Gothic Italic 69: Helvetica Narrow Bold 29: Letter Gothic Bold 70 Helvetica Narrow Bold Oblique 30: Albertus Medium 71: New Century Schoolbook Roman 31: Albertus Extra Bold 72: New Century Schoolbook Italic 32: Clarendon Condensed 73: New Century Schoolbook Bold 33: Coronet 74: New Century Schoolbook Bold Italic 34: Marigold 75: ITC Avant Garde Book 35: Arial 76: ITC Avant Garde Book Oblique 36: Arial Italic 77: ITC Avant Garde Demi 37: Arial Bold 78: ITC Avant Garde Demi Oblique 38: Arial Bold Italic 79: ITC Zapf Chancery Medium Italic 39: Times New 80: ITC Zapf Dingbats 40: Time New Italic

Parameter Item Value

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-11 User Guide

Symbol Set 208 0: Roman 8 (Default) 19: Math 8 1: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 20: PS Math 2: ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 21: Pi Font 3: ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 22: Legal 4: ISO 8859-10 Latin 6 23: ISO 4 United Kingdom 5: PC-8 24: ISO 6 ASCII 6: PC-8 DN 25: ISO 11 Swedish:names 7: PC-775 26: ISO 15 Italian 8: PC-850 27: ISO 17 Spanish 9: PC-852 28: ISO 21 German 10: PC-1004 (QS/2) 29: ISO 60 Norwegian v1 11: PC Turkish 30: ISO 69 French 12: Windows 3.1 Latin 1 31: Windows 3.0 Latin 1 13: Windows 3.1 Latin 2 32: Windows Baltic 14: Windows 3.1 Latin 5 33: Symbol 15: DeskTop 34: Wingdings 16: PS Text 17: MC Text 18: Microsoft Publishing

Font Size 209 400-5000 (Default: 1200): Specify the point size of a font in increments of 25. The value of 100 represents 1 point.

Font Pitch 210 600-2400 (Default: 1000): Specify the pitch size of a font. The value of 100 represents a pitch size of 1.

Form Line 211 5-128 (Default: 64 or 60, depending on region): Specify the number of lines on a page.

No. of Sets 212 1-999 (Default: 1): Specify the number of print sets.

Image Enhance

213 0: Off 1: On (Default) Enable or disable enhanced image mode.

Hex Dump 214 0: Off (Default) 1: On Enable or disable a hex dump.

Draft Mode 215 0: Off (Default) 1: On Enable or disable draft mode.

Binding 217 0: LEF (Default) 1: SEF Specify which edge of the paper is to be bound.

Line Termination

218 0: Off (Default) 1: Add-LF (Appends an LF to CR) 2: Add-CR (Appends a CR to LF and FF) 3: CR-XX (Appends a CR to LF and FF, and LF to CR)

Parameter Item Value

Machine Status

10-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

HP-GL/2 Emulation

Select HP-GL/2 Emulation on the Print Mode screen to set parameter values for HP-GL/2 emulation. You can store and retrieve up to 20 emulation settings.

HP-GL/2 - Retrieve Programming

On the Retrieve Programming screen, select Factory Defaults to use the default settings, or select Custom Settings to use user-programmed emulation mode settings.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-13 User Guide

HP-GL/2 - Programming

The Programming option allows you to set emulation parameter values.

1. Select Programming on the Emulation window.

2. Using the numeric keypad, enter the three digit Item Number for the feature to be set. The item numbers and their values are shown in the following table.

3. Select Change Value. 4. Enter a New Value, using the numeric keypad. 5. Select Save. 6. Select Close to leave this screen.

Parameter Item Value

Document Size 101 99: Auto (Default) 100: Paper 0: A0 1: A1 2: A2 3: A3 4: A4 5: A5 10: B0 11: B1 12: B2 13: B3 14: B4 15: B5

Set the input PDL logical document size. When Auto is selected, the document size is determined by the Scale Mode (Item 160).

Machine Status

10-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Size 102 99: Auto 101: A Size (Default) 3: A3 4: A4 5: A5 14: B4 15: B5

Set the paper size. When Auto is selected, the document size is determined by the Scale Mode (Item 160).

Paper Tray 103 0: Auto (Default) 1: Tray 1 2: Tray 2 3: Tray 3 4: Tray 4 5: Tray 5 (Bypass) 6: Tray 6 (HCF) 7: Tray 7 (HCF)

Coordinate Rotation

104 0: 0 degrees 1: 90 degrees

Set the paper orientation.

Auto Layout 106 0: On (Default) 1: Off

Set whether to align the document position and paper automatically.

Active Palette 107 0: Command (Default) 1: Panel

Set whether to use the palette specified by a command or the panel.

No. of Prints 108 1 to 250 (1: Default)

Set the number of prints to be made.

Output Tray 109 0: Center Tray (Default) 1: Side Tray 80: Finisher Tray

Set the output paper tray.

2 Sided Printing

110 0: None (Default) 1: Head to head 2: Head to toe

Set the 2 sided original orientation.

Chinese Characters

111 0: Stroke 1: Mincho 2: Gothic

Set the output style for 2-byte characters.

Parameter Item Value

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-15 User Guide

Alpha-numeric Characters

112 0: Stroke 1: Roman 2: Sans-serif

Set the output style for 1-byte characters.

Vertical Image Shift

113 0: None (Default) 1-250: -1 to -250 mm 251-500: +1 to +250 mm

Set the vertical image shift.

Horizontal Image Shift

114 0: None (Default) 1-250: -1 to -250 mm 251-500: +1 to +250

Set the horizontal image shift.

Print Quantity Setup

115 0: Protocol (Default) 1: Panel 2: Command

Set the method for specifying the print quantity.

HP-GL Mode 150 0: HP-GL (Default) 1: HP-GL/2

Set the page description language (PDL).

Hard Clip 151 0: Standard 2: Paper (Default)

Set the hard clip area. The [Standard] hard clip area for A4, Letter, and Ledger is the same as for Hewlett Packard HP7550A. For other sizes, the hard clip area is the machine printable area. The [Paper] hard clip area is the same size as the paper.

Eject Command SP

152 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Eject Command SPO

153 0: Off 1: On (Default)

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Eject Command NR

154 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Eject Command FR

155 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Parameter Item Value

Machine Status

10-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Eject Command PG

156 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Eject Command AF

157 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Eject Command AH

158 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Set whether the command is processed as an eject command.

Scale 159 0: Off 1: On (Default)

Set whether scaling is performed to enlarge or reduce the document size to fit the paper size.

Scale Mode 160 0: Paper Size (Default) 1: Active coordinate area

Set how the document size is specified when [Document Size] (101) is set to [Auto] (99).

[Paper Size] Set the document size to the minimum size that combines the active coordinate area from the active coordinate determining method and the active coordinate obtained by the settings of Origin Position and Paper Margin.

[Active Coordinate Area] Set the document size to the area from which the paper margin is subtracted from the active coordinate area obtained by the active coordinate determining method.

Active Area Determining Command

161 0: Auto (Default) 1: PS 2: IW 3: IP 4: Adapted

Set the method for obtaining the active coordinate area. [Auto] sets the method for obtaining the active coordinate area. [PS]: The rectangular area is defined by the area specified by the first [PS] command. [IW]: The rectangular area is defined by the area specified by the last [IW] command. [IP]: The rectangular area is defined by the area that encompasses all [IP] commands. [Adapted]: The rectangular area is defined by an area calculated from the maximum/minimum coordinates of the area and the coordinates plotted by the drawing commands, and the maximum size of characters and the line widths present on the page.

Paper Margin 162 0-99: 0 to 99 mm (0: Default)

Set the paper margins.

Parameter Item Value

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-17 User Guide

Image Enhance

163 0: Off 1: On (Default)

Set whether to artificially enhance the resolution and smooth edges.

Staple 164 0: None (Default) 1: Top left 2: Top double 3: Top right 4: Left double 5: Right double 6: Bottom left 7: Bottom double 8: Bottom right 9: Center

Set the stapling position.

Manual Feed Tray Check Indicator

165 0: None 1: Yes (Default)

Set the manual feed tray indicator.

Pen Width (No. 0-15)

800- 815

0-255: 0 to 25.5 mm (3: Default)

Set the width of the pen in 0.1 mm units.

Line End Shape (No. 0-15)

850- 865

0: Cut (Default) 1: Round 2: Rectangular

Set the line end shape.

Line Intersects (No. 0-15)

900- 915

0: None (Default) 1: Intersect 2: Round 3: Cut

Set the line intersect shape.

Pen Color (No. 0 -15)

950- 965

0-100: Black and white

Set the color density.

Parameter Item Value

Machine Status

10-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

HP-GL/2 - Store/Delete Programming

You can save up to 5 print modes for the HP-GL/2 emulation.

To store the current selections:

1. Select Store/Delete Programming.

2. Select Store Current Selections. 3. Select the memory number in which you want to store the current selections. 4. Select Close.

Tip If you select a number in which information is already stored, the information is overwritten and cannot be restored.

To delete current programming:

1. Select Store/Delete Programming. 2. Select Delete. 3. Select the memory number for the information you want to delete. 4. Select Close.

Tip Deleted data cannot be restored.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-19 User Guide

HP-GL/2 - Default Programming

The default settings for your copier/printer can be either the factory default settings or you can specify custom default settings.

1. Select Default Programming.

2. Select Factory Defaults to use the factory default settingsor select Custom Settings. 3. If you select Custom Settings, select a memory number to specify which saved settings

should be used. 4. Select Save.

PDF

The PDF option allows you to set a password and parameter values for PDF direct printing. This feature is only available with the PostScript driver.

Password

1. Select Password to access the Keyboard screen. 2. Enter the password (up to 32 characters) and select Save.

Programming 1. Select PDF on the Print Mode screen. 2. Select Programming. 3. Enter the 3-digit item number in the Item Number field. Refer to the following table for

parameters, item numbers, and values. 4. Select Change Value. 5. Enter the required value in the New Value field.

Machine Status

10-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

6. Select Save.

Parameter Item Value

Print Sets 401 1-999 (Default: 1)

Specify the number of print sets.

2 Side Print 402 0: Off (Default) 1: LEF Binding 2: SEF Binding

Specify which edge of the paper is to be bound for double-sided printing; Long Edge Feed or Short Edge Feed.

Print Mode 403 0: Standard (Default) 1: Fast 2: High Quality

Sort 404 0: Off (Default) 1: On

Enable or disable sorting.

Layout 405 0: Auto Reduce/Enlarge (Default) 1: Booklet 2: Two-up 3: Four-up 4: 100% (actual size)

[Auto Reduce/Enlarge] prints with magnification to fit the paper size selection. [Booklet] specifies duplex printing. [Two-up] and [Four-up] print two and four pages on a single sheet of paper.

Paper Size 406 0: Auto 1: A4 or Letter (Default)

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-21 User Guide

The Faults tab The Faults tab provides access to fault information and messages.

Current Faults

Select the Current Faults button to view a list of machine faults that are currently affecting the copier/printer.

1. Select Current Faults on the Faults screen. 2. Select a fault message from the list. 3. Select Instructions. 4. Follow the instructions to fix the error.

Machine Status

10-22 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Current Messages

Select the Current Messages button on the Faults tab to view a list of machine messages. These messages indicate actions that need to be taken to continue or resume the proper operation of the copier/printer. For example, messages in the following graphic indicate that the drum cartridge needs to be replaced.

Fault History

Select the Fault History button on the Faults tab to display a list of fault codes. This information is used to diagnose and solve machine problems.

Refer to chapter 12, Problem Solving, for more information.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-23 User Guide

The Supplies tab The Supplies tab provides status information about the supplies (consumables) that are used in the copier/printer.

The remaining toner is displayed on a gauge and as the percent full from 100% to 0%.

The status of other consumables is shown as OK, Replace Soon, or Replace Now.

Refer to chapter 11, Maintenance, for information about replacing consumables.

Tip If a partially used toner cartridge is placed in the copier/printer, the status shown on the Supplies tab may not match the actual amount of toner remaining in the cartridge. The use of new cartridges is recommended.

Machine Status

10-24 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

The Billing Information tab Note The screens shown in this document may or may not reflect your machines User Interface (UI). The screens may vary depending on your machines configuration and marketplace. The screens shown here are a representation only.

Accessing Billing Information 1. On the machines User Interface (UI), press the Machine Status button.

2. Select the Billing Information tab.

Machine Status button

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-25 User Guide

Billing Information

The Billing Information feature displays the total number of prints/copies made by the machine and also allows you to view specific billing meter information.

The main Billing Information screen displays:

1. The Machine Serial Number 2. Total Impressions: This is the total number of prints/copies made on the machine.

Usage Counters

Select the Usage Counters button to view individual counters and their current count status.

From the drop-down list you can select the desired counter to view; select from:

Impression Counters: This view provides total impression amount information. Impression is the image on one side of one sheet of media. This counter shows the total impression amount for copied and printed impressions and large impressions.

Black Impressions:

Black Copied Impressions: This number represents the total number of impressions for all black/white copied/scanned jobs.

1

2

Machine Status

10-26 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Black Print Impressions: This number represents the total number of impressions for all black/white network print jobs (sent from the users computer to the printer).

Large Impressions: These impressions are one side of one sheet of a large document (such as 11 x17 in./A3). Large Impressions are any documents/originals/prints that are larger than 8.5 x14 in./B4.

Sheet Counters: This view provides information on the total number of sheets the machine feeds to the output area. Each sheet counts as one click on the counter (regardless of whether it is a one-sided or two-sided copy/print job).

Image Sent Counters: This view provides information on the total amounts for fax images, internet fax images, email images, and network scanned images.

All Usage Counters: This view provides a complete total of all the counters, including the totals from the Impression Counters, Sheet Counters, and Image Sent Counters.

User Account Billing Information Note This feature is available only if the Accounting feature is enabled. For more information on the Accounting feature, refer to both your User Guide and System Administration Guide.

When the Accounting feature is enabled, the User Account Billing Information button is displayed on the Billing Information screen:

This feature displays the billing information of the currently logged-in user.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-27 User Guide

1. Select the User Account Billing Information button.

2. The User Account Billing Information screen is displayed

The billing information of the currently logged-in user is displayed, for:

Copy Jobs Scan Jobs

Machine Status

10-28 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Select either Meter (Copy Jobs) or Meter (Scan Jobs):

These screens display the following information:

Usage amount for this session Total usage Account Limit (set by the System Administrator) Available Balance (remaining unused amount for the account)

Note Remember: The information displayed on these screens reflects the currently logged-in users account only.

The Tools tab Regular users have limited access to Setup features on the Tools tab. The System Administrator login enables additional tools, which are described in chapter 8 of the System Administration Guide.

Machine Status

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 10-29 User Guide

Create Folder

A Folder is a storage area where you can store copied and scanned documents. Users can create folders that all users can access and folders with Folder Passcodes for personal use.

Refer to chapter 4, Computer operations, for information about creating and managing folders.

Stored Programming

To enhance productivity, a series of programming steps can be saved with the Stored Programming feature.

Refer to chapter 7 for more information.

Create New Job Flow Sheet

A Job Flow Sheet contains saved job settings. When a Job Flow Sheet is assigned to a folder, the job settings are applied to the jobs that are in the folder.

Refer to chapter 6, Job Flow, for more information.

Add Address Book Entry

To add an entry to your electronic address book:

1. Select Add Address Book Entry on the Tools tab.

2. Select an available Address number (row). If necessary, use the arrow buttons to scroll to an available address.

3. Select Create/Delete to display a list of items. 4. Change the current settings, as desired. Select an item, select Change Settings, and select

the desired setting.

Paper Tray Attributes

Machine Status

10-30 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

The Paper Tray Attributes option will appear on the Tools tab if the System Administrator has made it available to users.

To change the attributes of a paper tray:

1. Select Paper Tray Attributes on the Tools tab. 2. Select a tray. 3. Select Change Settings. 4. Select Confirm if the settings are OK, or select Change Settings. 5. Select new settings, if needed. 6. Select Save.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-1 User Guide

11Maintenance

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Replacing Consumables Consumables are any parts or supplies that need replacing periodically in order for the printer system to perform all of its functions properly.

Tip Use only consumables recommended by Xerox for your printer system. The use of consumables not recommended by Xerox may impair image quality and printer system performance.

Notes It is recommended that you keep a spare toner cartridge on hand. The Standard Finisher is easily identified by its staple waste container.

Type of Consumable/ Periodical Replacement Part Product Code Quantity/Box

Toner Cartridge 6R1237 1 item/1 box

Waste Toner Container 8R13036 1 unit/1 box

Staple Cartridge (R1) for Standard Finisher

Staple Cartridge includes Staple Waste Container (R5) 8R13041 1 unit/1 box

Booklet Staples

Booklet Staple Refill 8R12925 5,000 x 4 sets

Maintenance

11-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Checking the Status of Consumables

Check the status of consumables using the Supplies tab.

The status of consumables is indicated by Ready, Order New, Replace Now, or other indications.

An indication from 0 to 100% displays the remaining amount of toner.

Note For information about confirming the status of consumables, refer to The Supplies Tab in Chapter 10.

Handling Consumables Before using consumables, carefully read the instructions and precautions on the

packaging.

Do not unpack consumables until they are ready to be used.

Storing Consumables Do not store boxes containing consumables upright.

Avoid storing consumables in a:

Hot and humid location Location close to an open flame Location exposed to direct sunlight Dusty location

Ordering Consumables Check the product code of the consumables and contact the Customer Support Center to

place your orders.

Keeping spare consumables on hand is recommended.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-3 User Guide

Replacing Toner Cartridges

Toner Cartridge Replacement Guidelines

Be aware of the following warnings and guidelines when handling and replacing Toner cartridges:

Tip It is recommended that you place paper on the floor to collect any residual dry ink that may spill.

Toner Cartridge Replacement Procedure

A message displays on the Touch Screen when it is time to replace the Toner cartridge. If you continue copying or printing without replacing the Toner cartridge, the machine stops after copying or printing approximately 5,000 sheets.

1. Open the left cover of the machine.

WARNING Never throw a Toner cartridge into an open flame since the toner remaining in the cartridge can cause an explosion.

CAUTION Do not use warm water or cleaning solvents to remove Toner (Dry Ink) from your skin or clothing. This will set the Toner and make it difficult to remove. To remove any Toner that gets on your skin or clothing; use a brush, blow air on it, or wash it off with cold water and mild soap.

CAUTION Do not attempt to use a standard shop vacuum or home vacuum to clean Toner spills in or near the machine. Shop and home vacuums are not equipped with correct filtration and will contaminate your environment.

Maintenance

11-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Rotate the toner cartridge to the left until it aligns with the unlock indicator.

3. Pull out the toner cartridge slowly and then lift to remove it.

Tip Dispose of the empty Toner Cartridge in accordance with your local regulations.

4. Remove the new cartridge from the box. Before removing it from the bag, gently shake the toner cartridge a couple times to the left and right to mix any dry ink that may have settled.

5. Hold the toner cartridge with the arrow ( ) mark facing up.

WARNING Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame since the toner remaining in the cartridge can cause an explosion.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-5 User Guide

6. Push the cartridge slowly into the machine, then rotate the cartridge to the right until it aligns with the lock indicator.

7. Close the left cover of the machine.

Note The number of pages stated in the messages dialog refers to using 8.5 x 11 in./A4 paper and is only an estimate which can vary depending on conditions such as the content, paper size, paper type, and the computer environment.

Replacing the Waste Toner Container

Waste Toner Container Replacement Guidelines

Be aware of the following warnings and guidelines when handling and replacing Waste Toner Containers:

Tips It is recommended that you place paper on the floor to collect any residual dry ink that

may spill. Use only toner cartridges recommended by Xerox for your machine to ensure quality and

performance. Dispose of the empty Waste Toner Cartridge in accordance with your local regulations.

Replace Waste Toner Cartridges while the machine is powered ON.

WARNING Never throw a Toner cartridge into an open flame since the toner remaining in the cartridge can cause an explosion.

CAUTION Do not use warm water or cleaning solvents to remove Toner (Dry Ink) from your skin or clothing. This will set the Toner and make it difficult to remove. To remove any Toner that gets on your skin or clothing; use a brush, blow air on it, or wash it off with cold water and mild soap.

CAUTION Do not attempt to use a standard shop vacuum or home vacuum to clean Toner spills in or near the machine. Shop and home vacuums are not equipped with correct filtration and will contaminate your environment.

Maintenance

11-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Waste Toner Container Removal Procedure

A message displays on the Touch Screen when the Waste Toner Container is full. If you continue copying or printing without replacing the Waste Toner Container, the machine stops after copying or printing approximately 18,000 sheets.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped copying/printing, then open the Front Cover on the machine.

2. Open the Waste Toner Container cover and push the lever down.

3. Grasp the handle of the Waste Toner Container with one hand, and pull it out of the machine about half way.

4. With the other hand, grasp the top, middle part of the bottle, and then using both hands, pull the entire container out of the machine.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-7 User Guide

5. Hold the used container firmly with both hands and put it into the plastic bag, which is provided with the new container. Close the bag and dispose of the container according to your local regulations.

6. Remove the new container from its packaging. 7. Do not grip the container handle. Grasp the top, middle part of the new container and slide

it into the machine until it snaps into position.

8. Close the Waste Toner Container Cover. 9. Close the Front Cover.

Notes A message will display and the machine will not operate if the front cover is open even

slightly. The number of pages stated in the messages dialog refers to using 8.5 x 11 in./A4 paper

and is only an estimate which can vary depending on conditions such as the content, paper size, paper type, and the computer environment.

WARNING Never throw a toner cartridge into an open flame since the toner remaining in the cartridge can cause an explosion.

Maintenance

11-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Replacing the Staple Cartridge

A message displays on the Touch Screen when it is time to replace a staple cartridge.

Standard Finisher Staple Cartridge Replacement 1. Make sure that the machine has stopped copying and printing, then open the Right Cover

on the Standard Finisher.

2. Grasp the Staple Cartridge handle located at R1 and lift it slightly and pull out the staple cartridge.

3. Push the position indicators that are located by the arrows on either side of the cartridge to remove the staple case from the cartridge.

4. Push a new staple case into the staple cartridge.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-9 User Guide

5. Push the removed cartridge back to the original position until it clicks into place.

6. Close the Right Cover on the Standard Finisher.

Note A message will display and the machine will not operate if the right cover is open even slightly.

Replacing the Staple Waste Container on the Standard Finisher

The machine displays a message indicating that the Staple Waste Container is full. To replace the container:

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped copying and printing, then open the Right Cover on the finisher.

2. Locate the Staple Waste Container (R5) in the finisher. 3. Grip the container and move the lever to the right; the Unlock position.

Maintenance

11-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. Remove the container from the finisher.

5. Remove the new container from the packaging. Dispose of the full container in the new container packaging.

6. Insert the new container into the finisher.

7. Move the lever to the left; the lock position.

8. Close the Right Cover of the finisher.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-11 User Guide

Replacing the Booklet-Maker Staple Cartridge

The Control Panel displays a message indicating that the Booklet-Maker staple cartridge needs to be replaced. Use the following procedure to replace the cartridge on this optional finisher.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped copying and printing, then open the Right Cover on the finisher.

2. Press the lever to the right and then pull out the Booklet-Maker staple cartridge.

3. Hold the tabs of the Booklet-Maker staple cartridge and then lift to remove it.

4. While holding the tabs of a new Booklet-Maker staple cartridge, return the cartridge to the original position and gently push it until it clicks.

Maintenance

11-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. Return the unit to its original position.

6. Close the Right Cover of the finisher.

Note A message will display and the machine will not operate if the right cover is open even slightly.

Emptying the Punch Scrap Container

The Touch Screen displays a message indicating when it is time to empty the Punch Scrap Container.

The punch counter resets to 0 each time you open the Punch Scrap Container, so empty the container each time it is opened.

Tip Remove the Punch Scrap Container while the system is powered ON. If you switch off the power when emptying the Punch Scrap Container, the machine cannot detect that the scraps have been removed and reset the punch count.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped copying and printing, then open the Right Cover on the finisher.

2. Pull the Punch Scrap Container out.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-13 User Guide

3. Discard all the punch scraps in an appropriate container.

4. ReInsert the empty Punch Scrap Container.

5. Close the Right Cover of the finisher.

Note A message will display and the machine will not operate if the right cover is open even slightly.

Cleaning the Machine This section presents the following machine cleaning information:

Cleaning the Exterior Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass Cleaning the Document Feeder Rollers

Cleaning the Exterior

WARNING Before you start to clean the machine, be sure to switch off the power and unplug the machine. Cleaning the machine without switching off the power may cause an electric shock.

CAUTION Do not use benzene, paint thinner, other volatile liquids, or spray insect repellent on the machine as doing so may discolor, deform, or crack covers.

CAUTION Cleaning the machine with an excessive amount of water may cause the machine to malfunction and/or damage documents during copying.

Maintenance

11-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

1. Wipe the exterior with a soft cloth moistened with water. If dirt is difficult to remove, try gently wiping with a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of neutral detergent.

2. Wipe off any excess water from the exterior with a soft cloth.

Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass

Cleaning the document cover and glass on a regular basis is important to providing the best image quality possible on your printed or copy output. If the document cover and document glass are dirty, spots may appear on copies and the machine may not properly detect document sizes.

Note If you receive this message, The Scanner may be dirty. See User Guide or label instructions on the Document Feeder to wipe the scanning glass, perform the cleaning procedure for the document cover and document glass.

It is recommended that you clean all components of the Document Cover and Document Glass at the same time. These components consist of the document cover, the document (platen) glass, and the second-side scanning lens assembly.

To clean all three of these components, use the following procedure.

Cleaning the document cover

Note The document cover is the flat, white surface on the underside of the DADF that holds the document in place on the document glass.

WARNING Before you start to clean the machine, be sure to switch off the power and unplug the machine. Cleaning the machine without switching off the power may cause an electric shock.

CAUTION Do not use benzene, paint thinner, other volatile liquids, or spray insect repellent on the machine as doing so may discolor, deform, or crack covers.

CAUTION Cleaning the machine with an excessive amount of water may cause the machine to malfunction and/or damage documents during copying.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-15 User Guide

1. Raise the Duplex Automatic Document Feeder (DADF).

2. To remove dirt, wipe the document cover with a soft cloth moistened with water and then wipe it dry with a soft cloth. If dirt is difficult to remove, try gently wiping with a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of neutral detergent.

Cleaning the document (platen) glass

Note The document (or platen) glass consists of two parts: the document glass itself and the glass strip. The document glass is the glass on which you place your document in order to copy it. The glass strip is an approximately one-inch wide strip of glass located to the left the document glass.

To remove dirt, wipe the document glass with a soft cloth moistened with water and then wipe it dry with a soft cloth. If dirt is difficult to remove, try gently wiping with a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of neutral detergent.

CAUTION Do not press heavily on the document glass to avoid damaging the glass surface.

Document Glass

Maintenance

11-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Cleaning the second-side scanning lens assembly

The second-side scanning lens assembly is located along the left side of the document cover. The assembly consists of the mirrored-glass strip, a metal strip, a white-plastic strip, and rollers. All parts of the assembly must be cleaned to ensure the best image quality when making copies.

1. With the DADF open, pull the lever that is located at the top of the document cover.

Part of the document cover pulls away from the assembly, which allows better access to the second-side scanning lens assembly.

2. To remove dirt, wipe the mirrored glass, metal strip, both sides of the white-plastic strip, and the rollers with a soft cloth moistened with water, and then wipe it dry with a soft cloth.

Note If dirt is difficult to remove, try gently wiping with a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of neutral detergent.

CAUTION Do not press heavily on the mirrored glass as this will result in damage to the film around the glass surface.

Maintenance

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 11-17 User Guide

3. Once the second-side scanning assembly is clean, return the document cover to its original position and ensure that the lever is locked in place.

If you touch the document cover with your bare hands, wipe it clean before closing the DADF.

4. Gently close the DADF.

Cleaning the Document Feeder Rollers

If the machine is equipped with a document feeder and the document feeder rollers are dirty, spots may appear on copies and the machine may not properly detect document sizes.

To ensure quality copies, clean this area about once a month.

1. Gently lift the latch of the DADF Top Cover until it is open completely in a fixed position.

CAUTION Do not use benzene, paint thinner, other volatile liquids, or spray insect repellent on the machine as doing so may discolor, deform, or crack covers.

CAUTION Cleaning the machine with an excessive amount of water may cause the machine to malfunction and/or damage documents during copying.

Maintenance

11-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. While turning the rollers, gently clean them with a soft cloth moistened with water.

If dirt is difficult to remove, try gently wiping with a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of neutral detergent.

3. Close the top cover of the document feeder until you hear it click into place. 4. Close the left cover of the document feeder until you hear it click into place.

CAUTION Use a cloth that has been thoroughly wrung to prevent drops of water falling into the machine. Drops of water on internal components may cause a malfunction.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-1 User Guide

12Problem Solving

Tip The User Interface (UI) screens shown in this guide may or may not reflect the screens displayed on your system. The UI screens vary from system to system and from marketplace to marketplace. Therefore, the UI screens in this guide are a representation of the type of screens that may be seen on your particular system.

Initial Troubleshooting Procedures To use the following machine troubleshooting procedures:

1. Begin by reading the first Symptom at the left side of the page. 2. If the description of the symptom is False (NO), move downward to the next symptom.

Continue down through the Symptoms until you find the symptom that describes the problem.

3. Refer to the Causes and Actions to the right of the correct symptom. Perform the suggested actions until the problem is solved.

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Power is not switched On.

Yes Cause Is the power switch on the machine turned off?

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Turn the power switch on.

Refer to Power on/off on page 1-14.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is the power cord plugged into the power outlet?

Action

Turn the power switch off and then firmly plug in the power cord.

Then turn the power switch on.

Refer to Power on/off on page 1-14.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is the power disconnected from the machine or the rear of the rack?

Action

Turn the power switch off and then firmly plug in the power cord.

Then turn the power switch on.

Refer to Power on/off on page 1-14.

Problem Solving

12-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is power of the correct voltage being supplied?

Action

Make sure that the power supply is 200 -240 V (volts), 15 A (amperes).

Make sure that power of capacity compatible with the specified maximum power consumption of the machine (2.8 - 3.1 KVA) is being supplied.

Display is dark. Yes Cause Is the Power Saver button on?

If NO, go to next symptom. Action

The machine is in the Power Saver mode. Press the Power Saver button on the Control Panel to cancel the Power Saver mode.

Refer to Power Saver Mode on page 1-16.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is the Brightness Dial set too low?

Action Use the Brightness Dial to adjust display brightness.

Refer to User Interface (UI) on page 1-5.

A message is displayed. Yes Cause Has a paper jam or document jam occurred?

If NO, go to next symptom. Action

For information on paper jams, refer to Paper Jams on page 12-41.

For information on document jams, refer to Document jams on page 12-73.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause An error code displayed?

Action Refer to Error Codes on page 12-25.

The machine is not working properly.

Yes Action Refer to Machine Troubleshooting on page 12-3.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Image quality is poor. Yes Action Refer to Image Quality Problems on page 12-7.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-3 User Guide

Machine Troubleshooting Check the machine status for machine troubleshooting.

Trouble during copying.

Yes Action Refer to Copy Troubleshooting on page 12-12.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Trouble during printing.

Yes Action Refer to Print Troubleshooting on page 12-16.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Trouble during scanning

Yes Action Refer to Scan Troubleshooting on page 12-20.

WARNING Precision components and high-voltage power supplies are used on the machine. Never open or remove machine covers that are screwed shut unless specifically instructed in the User Guide. A high-voltage component can cause electric shocks. When opening the panels and covers that are screwed shut to install or detach optional accessories, be sure to follow instructions in the User Guide. Do not try to alter the machine configuration or modify any parts. Doing so might cause machine malfunction or fire.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Power is not switched ON.

Is the power switch on the machine turned off?

Turn the power switch on. Refer to Power on/off on page 1-14.

Is the power cord plugged into the power outlet?

Turn the power switch off and then firmly plug in the power cord. Then turn the power switch on. Refer to Power on/off on page 1-14.

Is the power cord disconnected from the machine or the rear of the rack?

Is power of the correct voltage being supplied?

Make sure that the power supply is 200 -240 V (volts), 15 A (amperes). Make sure that power of capacity compatible with the specified maximum power consumption of the machine (2.8 - 3.1 KVA) is being supplied.

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Problem Solving

12-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Display is dark. Is the Power Saver button on? The machine is in the Power Saver mode. Press the Power Saver button on the Control Panel to cancel the Power Saver mode. Refer to Power Saver Mode on page 1-16.

Is the brightness dial set too low?

Adjust display brightness using the Brightness dial. Refer to User Interface (UI) on page 1-5.

Unable to print, or unable to copy.

Is a message displayed on the Control Panel?

Follow the instructions displayed.

Is the printer mode Offline? Press the Machine Status button and from the Printer Mode, select Online.

Is the power cord disconnected from the machine or the rear of the rack?

Turn the power switch off and then firmly plug in the power cord. Then turn the power switch on. Refer to Power on/off on page 1-14.

Online indicator does not light even though you instructed it to print.

Is the interface cable disconnected?

Turn the power switch off, unplug the power cord from the power outlet, and check the interface cable connection. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Is the environment correctly set on the personal computer?

Check the print driver and other environment settings on the personal computer.

Is the required interface set? Check the status of the interface port in use. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Tray 5 (Bypass) printing failed.

Is is correct paper loaded on the tray?

Follow the instructions displayed to load paper of the correct size and instruct it to print again. Refer to Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-5.

Unsatisfactory print quality.

Image defect. Refer to Image Quality Problems on page 12-7.

Text prints incorrectly (text is corrupted).

Non-standard fonts are used for printing.

Check the application or print driver settings.

Online indicator lights, but copies are not delivered with Online still lit.

Data remains in machine memory.

Cancel printing, or purge remaining data. Refer to Active Jobs tab on page 9-2.

Cannot open or close trays.

Did you open a cover or turn power off during printing?

Turn the power off without closing or opening a paper tray. Wait several seconds and then turn the power switch on. Make sure that the machine is online (ready to receive data) and then close or open the paper tray.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-5 User Guide

Copies are not made at the desired size.

Is the document scanning glass or the document cover dirty?

Clean the document feeder glass or the document cover. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

Is the document made of highly transparent material like a transparency?

Place the document on the document glass, and place a white sheet of paper on top of the document before making a copy.

Is the document at the correct position?

Load the document correctly. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Is the document loaded correctly?

Are the document guides at the correct position?

Properly set the document guides. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Is the document folded or bent?

Straighten and properly reset the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Is the document a non-standard size?

Enter the document size. Refer to Original Size on page 2-25.

Paper is often jammed or wrinkled.

Is paper loaded properly in the paper tray?

Load paper correctly. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the paper tray set properly? To ensure tray closure, Firmly push it in as far as possible. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the paper damp? Replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the paper curled? Either turn the paper so that the curl is facing down in the paper tray, or replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1. Refer to Curled Output Solutions on page 12-80

Are the paper and paper tray settings correct?

Make sure the paper and paper tray selected match the paper size settings. Refer to Paper Tray Settings in the System Administration Guide.

Are there any torn pieces of paper still remaining inside the machine or is there a foreign object in the machine?

Open the door of the machine or slide out the paper tray to remove the torn paper or the foreign object. Refer to Paper Jams on page 12-41, Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is out-of-spec paper loaded in the tray?

Replace with paper that meets machine specifications. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the paper tray loaded past its maximum fill line?

Load paper in the paper tray so that it does not exceed the maximum fill line. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the paper guide set correctly?

Load the paper correctly, and apply the paper guides lightly. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1, Change/Confirm the Tray Settings on page 8-14.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

12-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Documents are not fed into the document feeder.

Are the documents too small? The minimum size of the document that can be loaded on the document feeder is A5 and 5.5 X 8.5.in. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

An error message is displayed after paper is loaded in paper Tray 5 (Bypass) and the Start button is pressed.

Check the position of the paper guides at the front side of paper Tray 5 (Bypass).

Set the paper guides to the correct positions. Refer to Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-5.

Documents jam often.

Is the right type of paper/ media being used?

Make sure the document feeder is loaded properly with acceptable media. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Are you trying to copy irregular shaped documents, business cards, transparencies, or thin documents?

Are you trying to copy documents affixed with sticky labels, paper clips or adhesive tape?

Remove sticky labels, paper clips or adhesive tape from the document before copying.

Are the document guides at the correct position?

Properly set the document guides. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Is part of the document ripped, and a piece of paper remaining in the document feeder?

Open the document feeder cover and check for pieces of paper. Refer to Document jams on page 12-73.

When importing originals of different sizes, is the Mixed Size Originals setting set to ON?

Set Mixed Size Originals to ON. Refer to Mixed Size Originals on page 2-27.

Is an A5-size document loaded horizontally ( ) on the document feeder when the Mixed Size Originals feature is in use?

Load the A5-size document vertically ( ).

A corner of the document is folded.

Is the document curled? Flatten out the curl and load the document again.

Stapler faults Refer to Stapler Faults on page 12-76.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-7 User Guide

Image Quality Problems When output image quality is poor, review the following table for solutions.

If image quality is not improved after performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

Symptoms Check Remedy

The copy is dirty. Is the document glass or the document cover dirty?

Clean the document glass or the document cover. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

Is the document made of highly transparent material like a transparency?

If the document is highly transparent, marks on the document cover will be copied. Place a white sheet of paper on the document and make a copy.

Is the document colored, of a rough texture or a blueprint?

Either adjust the copy density or image quality and then retry copying. Refer to Image Quality Tab on page 2-19, Lighten/ Darken on page 2-18.

Are you making copies of glossy printing paper?

Glossy printing paper sticks easily to the document glass and shadows are sometimes copied and reproduced as dirt. Place a transparency or highly transparent film under the document and retry copying.

The copy has black lines.

Is the scanning glass on the feeder dirty?

Clean the document glass. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

The copy is too dark.

Is the copy density set to Dark?

Adjust the copy density. Refer to Lighten/Darken on page 2-18.

The copy is too light.

Is the copy density set to Light?

The copy shifts slightly.

Is the paper shifting or is the leading edge of the paper not loaded flush with the tray corners?

Load the paper so it is flush against the paper tray corners. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Images on the copy are skewed.

Is the document loaded correctly?

Load the document correctly. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Is paper loaded properly in the tray?

Load paper correctly. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the paper guide for paper Tray 5 (Bypass) set so that the tray touches the paper?

Load paper correctly. Refer to Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-5.

Are the document guides at the correct position?

Load the document correctly, and align the document guides with the edge of the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Is the paper tray set properly? Firmly push in the tray as far as possible. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Problem Solving

12-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Part of the image is missing on the copy.

Is the paper damp? Replace with paper from a new ream Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Is the loaded paper folded or wrinkled?

Is the document pasted together or folded in?

The pasted or folded in section may be curling back, and risen up from the surface of the document glass. Place a stack of white sheets on the document to hold the document down flat against the document glass.

A stripe pattern appears in copies.

Is the document enlargement ratio set too large?

Some enlargement ratios can cause stripes. Adjust the copy enlargement ratio. Refer to Reduce/Enlarge on page 2-11.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Printing is faint (smudged, unclear).

Is the paper damp? Replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

Black dots are printed.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

Black lines are printed.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

The scanning glass on the document feeder is dirty.

Clean the document feeder glass. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-9 User Guide

Dirt appears at equal intervals.

Dirt on the paper feed path. Print a few pages.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

White dots appear in black filled areas.

The paper in use is unsuitable.

Load suitable paper. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

- Printed toner smudges when rubbed with your finger. - Toner is not fused to the paper. - The paper is dirtied with toner.

Is the paper damp? Replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

The paper in use is unsuitable.

Load suitable paper. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

The entire paper area is printed black.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

High-voltage power supply malfunction.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

12-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Nothing is printed. Two or more sheets of paper are being fed simultaneously (double-feed).

Fan the paper and reset. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

High-voltage power supply malfunction.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

White areas or stripes appear.

Is the paper damp? Replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

The paper in use is unsuitable.

Load suitable paper. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

The entire page is printed faint.

If the print was made using Tray 5 (Bypass), the size and type of the loaded paper differed from the setting on the print driver.

Load paper of the correct size and type into Tray 5 (Bypass). Fan the paper thoroughly before loading it. Refer to Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-5.

Two or more sheets may be feeding at once.

Fan the paper thoroughly and reset. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Paper becomes wrinkled. Text is blurred.

The paper in use is unsuitable.

Replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Paper is being added while it is being fed.

Is the paper damp?

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-11 User Guide

Outline characters on a colored background longwise.

The drum cartridge is depleted or damaged.

Contact the Customer Support Center.

Text or images are printed at an angle.

The paper guide in the paper tray is not set at the correct position.

Set the horizontal and vertical paper guides to the correct positions. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Symptoms Check Remedy

Problem Solving

12-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Copy Troubleshooting To use the following troubleshooting procedures:

1. Begin by reading the first Symptom at the left side of the page. 2. If the description of the symptom is False (NO), move downward to the next symptom.

Continue down through the Symptoms until you find the symptom that describes the problem.

3. Refer to the Causes and Actions to the right of the correct symptom. Perform the suggested actions until the problem is solved.

Unable to Copy

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Document is not fed properly from the document feeder

YES Cause Document size is too small.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action The minimum document size that can be loaded on the document feeder is A5. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The right type of document is not being used.

Action The document feeder cannot be used with irregular sized documents, business cards, transparencies, or thin documents. In addition, documents with tags, paper clips, and cellophane tape cannot be used. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document guides are incorrectly set.

Action Set the document guides to match the document size. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Part of the document is ripped, and a piece of paper remains in the document feeder.

Action Open the document feeder cover, and remove the piece of paper. Refer to Document jams on page 12-73.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Documents of different sizes are set.

Action When setting documents of different sizes, be sure to specify Mixed Size Originals. Refer to Mixed Size Originals on page 2-27.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-13 User Guide

The Copy result is not what was expected

Symptoms Causes and Actions

The copy is dirty YES Cause The document glass or the document cover is dirty.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Clean the document glass or the document cover. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is made of highly transparent material like a transparency.

Action If the document is highly transparent, marks on the document cover will be copied. Place a white sheet of paper on the document and make a copy.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Color paper, rough paper, or blueprint paper is being used.

Action The background color of the paper is copied. Either adjust the copy density or image quality, or specify suppress background color, and retry copying.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Glossy printing paper is being used.

Action Glossy printing paper easily sticks to the document glass, and shadows are sometimes copied and reproduced as dirt. Place a transparency or highly transparent film under the document and retry copying.

The copy is too dark or too light

YES Cause Copy density is set to Dark, or to Light.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Adjust the copy density. Refer to Lighten/Darken on page 2-18.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Density of the document is too light.

Action Adjust the copy density. Refer to Lighten/Darken on page 2-18.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The Original Type is inappropriate.

Action Copy black text. If it is too light, select Text for Original Type. Refer to Original Type on page 2-19.

Problem Solving

12-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Symptoms Causes and Actions

The copy shifts slightly YES Cause Paper set in the paper tray is misaligned.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Align the edges of the paper, and load it flush against the front tray corners. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

Part of the image is missing on the copy

YES Cause The paper is damp.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Replace with paper from a new ream. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Paper with folds or wrinkles has been set in the paper tray.

Action Replace with paper from a new ream.

Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is pasted together or folded in.

Action The folded in or pasted part of the document may not be touching the document glass. Place a stack of white sheets on the document to hold the document down flat against the document glass.

Stripes appear in the copy YES Cause The document enlargement ratio is too large.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Stripes can appear at some enlargement ratios. Adjust the copy enlargement ratio.

Refer to Reduce/Enlarge on page 2-11.

Images on the copy are skewed

YES Cause The document is not loaded correctly.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Load the document correctly. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document guides are set incorrectly.

Action Load the document correctly and align the document guides with the edges of the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-15 User Guide

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Images on the copy are skewed

Yes Cause The paper tray is not set properly.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Set the tray by firmly pushing it in as far as possible.

Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The paper guide for Tray 5 (Bypass) is misaligned.

Action Load the paper correctly, and align the paper guide with the edge of the paper. Refer to Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-5.

Copies are not made at the desired size

YES Cause The document glass or the document cover is dirty.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Clean the document glass or the document cover. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is made of highly transparent material like a transparency.

Action Place a white sheet of paper on the document before copying.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is misaligned.

Action Load the document correctly. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document guides are in an incorrect position.

Action Load the document correctly, and align the document guides with the edges of the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is a non-standard size.

Action Enter the document size and then copy. Refer to Original Size on page 2-25.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is folded or bent.

Action Straighten and properly reset the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

Problem Solving

12-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Print Troubleshooting This section describes solutions for problems encountered during printing.

Unable to Print

The Printed result is not what was expected. on page 12-18

Unable to Print

Symptoms Causes and Actions

A corner of the copy is cut off

YES Cause The document exceeds the printable area.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action Adjust the reduce/enlarge to make the copy a little smaller.

No stapling done YES Cause The number of pages to staple exceeds 100 or the number exceeds 50 with staple cartridge for 50 sheets. Staple-enabled number of pages is 50 or lower with the staple cartridge for 50 sheets and 100 or lower with the staple cartridge for 100 sheets. Reduce the number of printed pages to 50 or 100 or lower, depending on the staple cartridge used. For Z-folding, stapled-enabled number of pages is 10 or 5 sheets depending on the size of the paper used. For a booklet, up to 15 sheets can be stapled at one time.

If NO, go to next symptom.

Action

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Data remains in the printer icon

YES Cause The printer is not powered on.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Turn the power on.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The network cable is disconnected from the computer.

Action Connect the network cable to the computer.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The network cable is disconnected from the machine.

Action Connect the network cable to the machine. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Printer mode is set to Offline.

Action Press the Machine Status button and confirm the Printer Mode in the Machine Status screen. If Printer Mode is Offline, select Online in the Printer Mode screen.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-17 User Guide

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Data remains in the printer icon

YES Cause An error occurred with the printer.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Check the error details.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The IP address or SMB network path is misconfigured.

Action Configure a correct IP address or SMB network path. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The network connection between the computer and machine is abnormal.

Action Check with your system administrator.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The port is not enabled.

Action Enable the port in use.

For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Insufficient space available on the hard disk.

Action Delete unnecessary data to increase free space.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The printer is connected to multiple computers.

Action Wait for a while, and then try printing again.

Sent to printer YES Cause Out of paper.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Supply paper to the printer.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause No paper for the specified paper size.

Action Set paper for the specified paper size. Refer to Loading Paper into Trays on page 8-1, or Loading Paper into Tray 5 (Bypass) on page 8-5.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Copy operation is performed during interrupt, and interrupt is performed.

Action Cancel the interrupt operation.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause An error occurred with the printer.

Action Check the error details.

Problem Solving

12-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

The Printed result is not what was expected.

Symptoms Causes and Actions

No stapling done YES Cause The number of pages to staple exceeds 100 or the number exceeds 50 with staple cartridge for 50 sheets.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Staple-enabled number of pages is 50 or lower with the staple cartridge for 50 sheets and 100 or lower with the staple cartridge for 100 sheets. For Z-folding, staple- enabled number of pages is 10 or 5 sheets depending on the size of the paper used. For booklet, up to 15 sheets can be stapled at one time. Reduce the number of printed pages to 50 or 100 or lower, depending on the staple cartridge used.

No folding YES Cause The folder is not attached.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Check the options attached with this printer, and reset the printer configuration

Printing performed with a different paper size

YES Cause Paper size provided is different from the specified tray size.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Change the paper size set in the tray, or change print options to specify a tray that contains the appropriate size.

The image is cut off on the edge of the paper

YES Cause Image exceeds the printable area of the machine.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Increase the printable area of the machine, or decrease the document print area.

The printed font differs from the font specified on the computer

YES Cause Font replacement is configured on the print driver.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Check the font replacement table.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Non-standard fonts are used for printing.

Action Check the application or print driver settings. If PostScript is being used, download the required fonts.

Printing is slow YES Cause The print mode specifies Print Quality.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action When printing image data that has image quality as a priority, such as pictures, the print speed decreases. Turn off the quality priority in the print mode.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-19 User Guide

Symptoms Causes and Actions

The settings specified for print options do not take effect

YES Cause A print driver for another model is in use.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Install the print driver for this model.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The optional apparatus cannot be attached to the printer.

Action Check the options attached with this printer and reset the printer configuration.

There is no edge. YES Cause Image exceeds the printable area of the machine.

Action Increase the printable area of the machine, or decrease the document print area.

Problem Solving

12-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Scan Troubleshooting Note An optional package may be necessary for this feature. For more information, contact the Customer Support Center.

Unable to Scan with the Machine

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Document not fed properly from the document feeder

YES Cause Document size is too small.

Action The minimum size of the document that can be loaded on the document feeder is A5. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The right type of document is not being used.

Action The document feeder cannot be used with irregular sized documents, business cards, transparencies, or thin documents. In addition, documents with tags, paper clips, and cellophane tape cannot be used. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document guides are in the incorrect position.

Action Set the document guides to correctly match the document size. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Part of the document is ripped and a piece of paper remaining in the document feeder.

Action Open the document feeder cover and remove the piece of paper. Refer to Document jams on page 12-73.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Documents of different sizes are set.

Action When using documents of different sizes you must specify Mixed Size Originals, otherwise, a paper jam will result. When setting documents of different sizes, be sure to specify Mixed Size Originals. Refer to Mixed Size Originals on page 2-27.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-21 User Guide

Unable to import the scanned document into the computer

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Unable to find scanner YES Cause The printer is not powered on.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Turn the power on.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The network cable is disconnected from the computer.

Action Connect the network cable to the computer.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The network cable is disconnected from the machine.

Action Connect the network cable to the machine. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The Salutation port is not enabled.

Action Enable the Salutation port. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The network connection between the computer and machine is abnormal.

Action Check with your system administrator.

Unable to open Folder YES Cause No Folder has been created.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Create a Folder. Refer to Local Disk/Folder in the System Administration Guide.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Folder password forgotten.

Action Unable to verify password. Set the password to Off, and then reset the password again. Refer to Local Disk/Folder in the System Administration Guide.

Scanner unable to scan data due to TWAIN transmission error

YES Cause The scan driver is not installed.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Install the scan driver.

Operation halts during scanning

YES Cause Is the file size too big?

Action Reduce the resolution, or choose a compressed output file format, and rescan. Refer to Scan Presets on page 3-3, or Resolution on page 3-14.

Problem Solving

12-22 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Unable to send the scanned document over the network (FTP/ SMB)

Problems with sending E-mail

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Unable to forward over the network

YES Cause Is the server entered correctly?

Action Check the inputted server.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is the save location entered correctly?

Action Check the save location.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause When using SMB, is the Shared Name entered correctly?

Action Check the Shared Name.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause When using SMB (UNC Format), is the save location entered correctly?

Action Check the save location.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is the login name entered correctly?

Action Check the login name.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Is the password entered correctly?

Action Check the password.

Symptoms Causes and Actions

Unable to send e-mail YES Cause Mail address is incorrect

Action Check the e-mail address.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Maximum sending e-mail size is exceeded

Action Change the maximum sending e-mail size, or reduce the resolution. Refer to Maximum E-mail Size in the System Administration Guide, or Resolution on page 3-14.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-23 User Guide

Image is not what was expected

Symptoms Causes and Actions

The image is dirty YES Cause The document glass or the document cover is dirty.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Clean the document glass or the document cover. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is made of highly transparent material like a transparency.

Action If the document is highly transparent, marks on the document cover will appear on the image. Place a white sheet of paper on the document and scan.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is colored, of a rough texture or a blueprint, for example.

Action Either adjust the copy density or image quality and then retry scanning.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause Glossy printing paper is being scanned.

Action Glossy printing paper easily sticks to the document glass and shadows are sometimes scanned and reproduced as dirt. Place a transparency or highly transparent film under the document and retry scanning.

Image is too dark, or too light

YES Cause Scan density is set to Dark, or to Light.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Adjust the scan density. Refer to Lighten/Darken on page 3-2.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The Original Type is inappropriate.

Action Select an image quality appropriate for the document. Refer to Quality/File Size on page 3-15.

Part of the image is missing YES Cause The document is pasted together or folded in.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action It is possible that the folded in or pasted part of the document is not touching the document glass. Place a stack of white sheets on the document to hold the document down flat against the document glass.

Problem Solving

12-24 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Symptoms Causes and Actions

The image is not the desired size

YES Cause The document glass or the document cover is dirty.

If NO, go to next symptom. Action Clean the document glass or the document cover. Refer to Cleaning the Document Cover and Document Glass on page 11-14.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is made of highly transparent material like a transparency.

Action Place a white sheet of paper on the document and scan.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is misaligned.

Action Load the document correctly. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document guides are in an incorrect position.

Action Load the document correctly, and align the document guides with the edges of the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is a non-standard size.

Action Enter the document size and then scan. Refer to Reduce/Enlarge on page 3-20.

If problem is not solved, go to next Cause/Action.

Cause The document is folded or bent.

Action Straighten and properly reset the document. Refer to Loading Documents on page 2-1.

The image is coarse YES Cause Resolution is too low.

Action Set a higher resolution. Refer to Resolution on page 3-14.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-25 User Guide

Error Codes If an error caused the printing to end abnormally or a malfunction occurred in the printer, then an error message code (***-***) is displayed.

Refer to the following table for error codes and information on how to rectify the problem. If an error code not described in the following tables is displayed, or the problem persists even after you have tried the following solutions, contact the Customer Support Center.

Tip If an error code is displayed, all print data of the printer as well as print data stored in the built- in memory of the machine is discarded.

Errors are divided into the following Categories:

C: Copy P: Print S: Scan M: Mail O: Others Problems

Other Errors

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

002-770 m m Cause: Unable to process job template due to insufficient hard disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

003-750 m Cause: Unable to store any documents with 2 Sided Book Copy feature. Remedy: Check the 2 Sided Book Copy settings. Refer to 2 Sided Book Copying on page 2-24.

003-751 m m Cause: The machine is unable to process size, because the specified document area is too small. Remedy: Increase resolution or scan area size.

003-753 m Cause: The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using document feeder. Remedy: Decrease Scan Resolution to 200dpi or less, and rescan.

003-754 m m Cause: An error occurred in the document scanner. Remedy: Reprocess the job.

003-755 m m Cause: An error occurred in the document scanner. Remedy: Reprocess the job.

003-760 m Cause: An incompatible combination of features are specified in the document scan conditions. Remedy: Check the selected options.

003-761 m m Cause: The paper size of the tray selected for auto tray is different from the paper size of the tray selected for Auto Repeat. Remedy: Change the paper size for the tray, or change the Paper Type Priority settings.

Problem Solving

12-26 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

003-764 m Cause: No document is scanned by Form Overlay. Remedy: Prepare 2 documents or more.

003-795 m Cause: When enlarging/reducing a scanned document to the specified paper size, the reduction/enlargement ratio value exceeds the allowed range. Remedy: Take one of the following actions: Manually enter a reduction/enlargement ratio. Change the paper size.

005-275 005-280 005-281 005-282 005-283 005-284

m Cause: An error occurred in the document feeder. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. Contact the Customer Support Center.

012-211 012-212 012-213 012-214 012-215 012-216 012-217 012-218 012-219 012-221 012-223 012-225 012-226 012-227 012-228 012-229 012-230 012-235 012-236 012-237 012-238 012-239 012-240 012-241 012-243 012-246 012-247 012-248 012-250 012-251 012-252 012-253 012-254 012-255 012-260 012-264 012-265 012-282 012-291

m Cause: Finisher malfunction. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the finisher error is not corrected, contact the Customer Support Center.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-27 User Guide

012-400 m m Cause: Staple Waste Container Near Full. Remedy: Follow the procedures to remove and replace the staple waste container in the finisher.

012-949 m m Cause: Finisher Punch Scrap Container is not attached. Remedy: Check that the punch scrape container is installed in the finisher and inserted correctly.

016-210 016-211 016-212 016-213 016-214 016-215

m Cause: An error occurred in the software settings. Remedy: Power-cycle the printer. Contact the Customer Support Center.

016-220 016-221 016-222 016-223 016-224 016-225 016-226 016-227 016-228

m m Cause: An error occurred in the document scanner. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the document scanner error is not corrected, contact the Customer Support Center.

016-450 m Cause: The SMB host name already exists. Remedy: Change the host name. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

016-454 m Cause: Unable to retrieve IP address from DNS. Remedy: Check the DNS configurations and IP address retrieve method. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

016-503 m Cause: Unable to resolve SMTP server name during E-mail send. Remedy: Check that the SMTP server settings from CWIS are correct. Also, check the DNS server settings.

016-504 m Cause: Unable to resolve POP3 server name during E-mail send. Remedy: Check that the POP3 server settings from CWIS are correct. Check the DNS server settings.

016-505 m Cause: Unable to login to POP3 server during mail send. Remedy: Check that the user name and password used in the POP3 server from CWIS are correct.

016-701 m Cause: PCL print data could not be processed due to insufficient memory. Remedy: Reduce resolution, cancel 2 Sided printing or N up, and try to print again. Refer to the online help for the print driver.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-28 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

016-702 m Cause: PCL print data could not be processed due to insufficient print page buffer. Remedy: Take one of the following actions: Set Print Mode to Speed Priority. Use Ensure Print. Increase the size of the print page buffer. Add additional memory. For information about print modes and print guarantees, refer to the online help for the print driver. For information about memory, refer to Allocate Memory in the System Administration Guide.

016-703 m Cause: Mail specifying a non-registered or invalid folder number was received. Remedy: Take one of the following actions: Request the sender to register the folder with the specified number. Request the sender to send to a valid folder.

016-704 m Cause: Documents stored in the folder have reached the hard disk capacity limit. Remedy: Remove unnecessary documents from the folder, and save the document. Refer to Delete Documents After Retrieval on page 5-1.

016-705 m Cause: Secure print documents cannot be registered because of hard disk malfunction. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center. Refer to Secure Print on page 9-5.

016-706 m Cause: The maximum number of Secure Print users has been exceeded and no space is available on the hard disk. Remedy: Remove unnecessary documents stored on the printer, and delete unnecessary Secure Print users. For information about Secure Print, refer to Secure Print on page 9- 5. For information about folders, refer to Delete Documents After Retrieval on page 5-1.

016-707 m Cause: Unable to sample print because the feature expansion kit is not installed or has malfunctioned. Remedy: A feature expansion kit is needed to use the Sample Print feature. If the kit is malfunctioning, contact the Customer Support Center.

016-708 m Cause: Annotation is not possible due to insufficient hard disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

016-709 m Cause: An error occurred during PCL processing. Remedy: Retry printing.

016-710 m Cause: Delayed Print documents cannot be registered because of hard disk malfunction. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-29 User Guide

016-711 m Cause: The configured maximum e-mail size has been exceeded. Remedy: Take one of the following actions and resend the e-mail: Decrease document pages Reduce the Scan Resolution Reduce the Scan Magnification Have the system administrator increase your Maximum Send E-mail Data Size

016-712 m Refer to 003-751.

016-713 m Cause: The password set to the folder and the inputted password were not in agreement. Remedy: Enter the correct password.

016-714 m Cause: Specified folder does not exist. Remedy: Create a folder or specify the existing folder.

016-716 m Cause: Unable to spool TIFF file because of insufficient disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary documents and users stored on the printer and then attach the hard disk. When attaching a hard disk, contact the Customer Support Center. Refer to Delete Documents After Retrieval on page 5-1.

016-718 m Cause: PCL print data could not be processed as there was insufficient memory. Remedy: Reduce resolution, cancel 2 Sided printing or N up, and retry printing.

016-719 m Cause: PCL print data could not be processed as there was insufficient memory. Remedy: Increase the size of the print page buffer.

016-720 m Cause: The PCL print data included a command which cannot be processed. Remedy: Confirm the print data and try to print again.

016-721 m m Cause: An error occurred during print processing. Probable causes are as follows: 1. Printing was instructed by Automatic Tray Selection when Paper Type Priority is set to Automatic Tray switching Off for all paper in the Common Settings. 2. ESC/P command error Remedy: For 1, when printing by Automatic Tray Selection, set one of the paper types to a setting other than Automatic Tray Switching Off in Paper Type Priority. For 2, check print data. Refer to Paper Type Priority in the System Administration Guide.

016-722 m Cause: Unsupported staple position is specified. Remedy: Confirm the position, and specify the print data again.

016-723 m Cause: Unsupported punch position is specified. Remedy: Confirm the position, and specify the print data again.

016-728 m Cause: An unsupported tag was included in the TIFF file. Remedy: Check the print data. Refer to Generic Scan Screen Features on page 3-2.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-30 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

016-729 m Cause: Unable to print because the number of colors/resolution of the TIFF file exceeds the allowed range. Remedy: Change the number of colors/resolution for the TIFF file, and specify the print data again. Refer to Generic Scan Screen Features on page 3-2.

016-730 m Cause: Detected a command not supported by ARTIV. Remedy: Check the print data, remove the offending command, and try to print again.

016-731 m Cause: Unable to print TIFF data because it was interrupted. Remedy: Retry printing.

016-732 m Cause: Unable to use registered form specified by Emulation with host. Remedy: Resend the form data.

016-733 m m Cause: 1. Unable to retrieve IP address from text on the right side of @ of an address during E-mail send. 2. Unable to resolve Internet address on the right side of @ by DNS. Remedy: 1. Check the mail address. 2. Check the DNS address.

016-735 m m Cause: Attempted to print Job Template List while updating the job template. Remedy: Retry printing after waiting for a period.

016-738 m Cause: Booklet Creation is not applied to the specified paper. Remedy: Specify the printable paper size for booklet creation.

016-739 m Cause: The specified document and paper size are an unauthorized combination. Remedy: Specify the combination of the printable document and paper size for booklet creation.

016-740 m Cause: Booklet Creation is not applied to the specified paper tray. Remedy: Specify the printable paper tray for booklet creation.

016-746 m Cause: An unsupported feature is included in received PDF. Remedy: Print using printer driver.

016-748 m m m Cause: Printing is not possible due to insufficient hard disk space. Remedy: Reduce the number of pages of print data, for example, by dividing up the print data or printing one copy at a time when making multiple copies.

016-749 m Cause: A PJL command syntax error occurred. Remedy: Either confirm the print settings, or correct the PJL command.

016-755 m Cause: Attempted to process PDF file which was specified to printing prohibited. Remedy: Cancel the printing prohibited specification using Adobe Reader and try to print again.

016-756 m Cause: No permissions to use the service. Remedy: Check with your System Administrator.

016-757 m Cause: Password is incorrect. Remedy: Enter the correct password.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-31 User Guide

016-758 m Cause: No Permissions to use service. Remedy: Check with your Auditron Administrator.

016-759 m Cause: Maximum number of pages for this service has been reached. Remedy: Check with your Auditron Administrator.

016-760 m Cause: An error occurred during PostScript processing. Remedy: Take one of the following actions: Set Print Mode to Speed Priority. Increase PostScript memory. For information about Print Modes, refer to the print driver's online help. For information about memory, refer to Allocate Memory in the System Administration Guide.

016-761 m Cause: An error occurred during image processing. Remedy: Set the Print Mode to Speed Priority and start printing again. If this does not remedy the error, print in the Ensure Print mode.

016-762 m Cause: A print language not installed on the machine was specified. Remedy: In Specify Print Mode under Port Settings, specify a print language.

016-764 m Cause: Could not connect to the SMTP server. Remedy: Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.

016-765 m Cause: Could not send mail as the hard disk on the SMTP server was full. Remedy: Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.

016-766 m Cause: An error occurred on the SMTP server. Remedy: Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.

016-767 m Cause: Could not send mail as the mail address was wrong. Remedy: Check the mail address and transmit again.

016-768 m Cause: Could not connect to the SMTP server as the mail address of the machine was incorrect. Remedy: Check the mail address of the machine.

016-769 m Cause: The SMTP server does not support confirmation of mail distribution (DSN). Remedy: Send mail without setting confirmation of mail distribution (DSN).

016-771 016-772

m Cause: Unable to retrieve scan data repository address from the CentreWare scan service. Remedy: Check the DNS address or define the scan data repository address by its IP address.

016-773 m Cause: The IP address for the machine is not set properly. Remedy: Check the DHCP environment or specify a fixed IP address for the machine. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-32 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

016-774 m m Cause: Compression conversion is not possible due to insufficient hard disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

016-775 m m Cause: Image conversion is not possible due to insufficient hard disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

016-776 m m Cause: An error occurred during image conversion processing. Remedy: A portion of the data might have finished image conversion processing. Check the data via CentreWare Internet Services. Refer to CentreWare Internet Services in the System Administration Guide.

016-777 m Cause: A hard disk error occurred during image processing. Remedy: The hard disk might be defective. When replacing a hard disk, contact the Customer Support Center.

016-778 m Cause: Conversion processing of scanned image was interrupted because of insufficient disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

016-779 m Cause: An error occurred during scanned image conversion processing. Remedy: Retry scanning.

016-780 m Cause: A hard disk error occurred during scanned image conversion processing. Remedy: The hard disk might be defective. When replacing a hard disk, contact the Customer Support Center.

016-786 m m Cause: When using the scan feature, hard disk capacity is insufficient for writing to a file. Remedy: Either remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space or initialize the hard disk.

016-788 m Cause: Failed to load a file from the Web browser. Remedy: Perform the following actions, and try again. Reload the browser page Restart the browser Power-cycle the machine

016-792 m Cause: Specified job history could not be acquired when printing Job Counter Report Remedy: Specified job history does not exist.

016-793 m Cause: The hard disk has run out free space. Remedy: Either remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space or initialize the hard disk.

016-799 m Cause: An illegal print parameter is included. Remedy: Confirm the print data and option and specify the print data again.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-33 User Guide

021-750 021-751 021-770 021-771 021-772

m Cause: During an inspection or maintenance request a transmission error occurred and our Customer Support Center could not be contacted. Remedy: Check that the phone lines are connected and try sending an inspection or maintenance request again after a short time. If the error persists, contact the Customer Support Center.

024-746 m Cause: A feature (one of paper size, tray, output tray, or 2 sided printing) that is incompatible with the specified paper quality has been specified. Remedy: Check the print data.

024-747 m Cause: An illegal print parameter combination was set. For example, a non-standard size was specified and Tray Selection was set to Auto. Remedy: Check the print data. In the above case, select Tray 5 (Bypass).

024-931 m m Cause: The Staple Waste Container is full or near full. Remedy: Remove the Staple Waste Container and reinstall a new one.

024-932 m m Cause: The Staple Waste Container is not attached. Remedy: Check that the Staple Waste Container is installed in the finisher and inserted correctly.

024-956 m m Cause: Tray 7 is empty/out of paper. Remedy: Add paper to Tray 7.

024-957 m m Cause: Inserter trays are empty/out of paper. Remedy: Add paper to the paper trays of the inserter.

024-974 m m Cause: Designated paper size and the size of paper in the tray differs when feeding paper from the inserter. Remedy: Reset the paper or cancel the job.

024-976 m m Cause: Finisher staple status is NG. Remedy: Check staples and reset correctly.

024-977 m m Cause: Finisher staple feeding is not ready. Remedy: Check staples and reset correctly.

024-978 m m Cause: Booklet Finisher staple operation is not ready. Remedy: Check staples and reset correctly.

024-979 m m Cause: The staple cartridge is empty. Remedy: Check staples. Follow procedures to remove and replace staple cartridge.

024-980 m m Cause: The finisher stacker tray is full. Remedy: Remove all paper from the stacker tray.

024-981 m m Cause: The finisher top tray is full. Remedy: Remove all paper from the finisher top tray.

024-982 m m Cause: The finisher stacker tray lower safety warning is on. Remedy: Remove all paper from the stacker tray and remove any other obstructions.

024-983 m m Cause: The finisher booklet tray is full. Remedy: Remove all paper from the booklet tray.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-34 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

024-984 m m Cause: There is a problem with the booklet maker stapler. Remedy: Check the staple cartridge and reset correctly.

024-985 m m Cause: There is a problem with the booklet maker stapler. Remedy: Check the staple cartridge and reset correctly.

024-987 m m Cause: The envelope folder tray is full. Remedy: Remove all paper from the tray. Set the output tray for three fold.

024-988 m m Cause: The envelope folder tray is not detected. Remedy: Check that the folder tray is correctly attached and set.

024-989 m m Cause:: There is a problem with the booklet maker stapler. Remedy: Check the staple cartridge and reset correctly.

027-452 m Cause: IP address already exists. Remedy: Change the IP address. For information about network settings, refer to the System Administration Guide.

027-500 m m Cause: Unable to resolve SMTP server name during answer E-mail send. Remedy: Check that the SMTP server settings from CWIS are correct.

027-501 m m Cause: Unable to resolve POP3 server name when using POP3 protocol. Remedy: Check that the POP3 server settings from CWIS are correct.

027-502 m m Cause: Unable to login to POP3 server when using POP3 protocol. Remedy: Check that the user name and password used in the POP3 server from CWIS are correct.

027-720 m Cause: Unable to find the server of an application interface destination. Remedy: Check DNS server application or check whether an application interface installed on the computer is registered by DNS server or not.

027-721 m Cause: An application interface destination does not exist. Remedy: Check whether an interfaced application operates correctly.

027-722 m Cause: The job was timed out during connection with an application interface destination. An application linkage destination does not exist. Remedy: Try to process the job flow.

027-724 m Cause: An application interface destination could not be accessed. Remedy: Check whether an interfaced application operates correctly. When it is operating, check the log. When it is not operating, check the network environments.

027-725 m Cause: A job operation failed using an application interface. Remedy: Check whether an application linked operates correctly. When it is operating, check the log. When it is not operating, check the network environments.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-35 User Guide

027-726 m Cause: The job status is unclear during an application interface. Remedy: Check whether an application linked operates correctly. When it is operating, check the log. When it is not operating, check the network environments.

027-727 m Cause: A parameter is illegal during an application interface. Remedy: Try to process the job flow.

027-737 m m Cause: An error occurred while reading data from the job template pool server. Remedy: Check to see whether you have privileges for the directory storing the job template.

027-739 m m Cause: Unable to find the specified job template server. Remedy: Check the path name for the job template server.

027-740 m m Cause: Unable to login to job template server. Remedy: Check the login user name and password.

027-741 m m Cause: Unable to connect to job template server. Remedy: Have the network administrator check the network and server environments.

027-742 m m Cause: Unable to store job template due to insufficient hard disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

027-743 m m Cause: The specified job template server is incorrect. Remedy: Check the settings for the job template server.

027-744 m m Cause: There is a problem in the domain name of the job template server. Remedy: Make sure that the DNS server connection and the domain name are registered to the DNS server.

027-745 m m Cause: The address of the DNS server is not registered on the machine. Remedy: Either register the address of the DNS server on the machine or set the address of the job template server by an IP address.

027-746 m m Cause: The specified job template pool server protocol settings are incorrect. Remedy: Set up the correct port.

027-750 m Cause: Attempted to command a print job to a scanned document. Remedy: Scanned document cannot be printed. Configure the job flow correctly.

027-751 m Cause: When following the job flow, an error occurred. Remedy: Check the settings for the job flow.

027-752 m Cause: In a job flow, a job start was specified before a required item was input. Remedy: Configure a default to input the required item in the job flow or change the job flow to have the required item link to the folder.

027-753 m Cause: The necessary port for the job flow is either not enabled or is unavailable. Remedy: Have your System Administrator check the port status.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-36 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

027-770 m m Cause: PDL (Printer Description Language) error detected by the controller while processing a network print job. Remedy: Cancel and resend the print job. If problem continues, reboot both the controller and the printer and resend job. If the problem persists, call the Customer Support Centre for further help/ instructions.

027-771 m m Cause: Disk full error message on the controller. Remedy: Cancel job. Delete unwanted files from the controller. Resend the network print job.

027-796 m m m Cause: When the machine is configured to only print attached documents when received by mail, a message with no attachments is discarded upon receipt. Remedy: To print the mail body or header information as well, change settings in the CentreWare Internet Services Properties screen. Refer to E-mail Print in the System Administration Guide.

027-797 m m Cause: Invalid received mail output destination. Remedy: Specify a correct output destination and send the mail again.

062-211 m Cause: An error occurred in the document feeder. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center.

062-220 m Cause: The document scanner malfunctioned. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center.

062-277 m Cause: A communications error occurred between the document scan unit and the document feeder. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center.

062-278 m Cause: An error occurred in the document scanner. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the document scanner error is not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

062-790 m Cause: The scanned document is copy-protected. Remedy: Refer to the Safety Guide, and check to see if the document can be copied.

063-210 m Refer to 062-211.

065-210 m Cause: An error occurred with the machine. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center.

065-215 065-216

Cause: An error occurred in the document scanner. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the document scanner error is not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

071-210 m Cause: Paper Tray 1 malfunctioned. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center. Trays other than Paper Tray 1 can be used.

072-210 m Cause: Paper Tray 2 malfunctioned. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center. Trays other than Paper Tray 2 can be used.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-37 User Guide

073-210 m Cause: Paper Tray 3 malfunctioned. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center. Trays other than Paper Tray 3 can be used.

074-210 m Cause: Paper Tray 4 malfunctioned. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center. Trays other than Paper Tray 4 can be used.

075-210 075-211

m Cause: Paper Tray 5 (bypass) malfunctioned. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the tray error is not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

077-142 m Cause: A Pretransfer sensor ON indicates a jam; this jam may be caused by any of the following conditions: An error by the Pretransfer sensor, a worn fuser roll, foreign material (such as paper) in the machine, or using media stock that is not supported by the machine. Remedy: Clear jammed paper.

078-210 078-211

m Cause: Optional High Capacity Feeder Tray (paper trays 6 & 7) malfunctioned. Remedy: Check the paper setting of paper trays 6 and 7 and power- cycle the machine. If the trays errors are not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center. Trays other than 6 and 7 may be used in the interim.

078-213 078-214 078-282 078-283

m Cause: Paper Tray 5 (Bypass) malfunctioned. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the tray errors are not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

078-260 078-261 078-262 078-263 078-264 078-265 078-266 078-267 078-268 078-269 078-270 078-271 078-272 078-273 078-274 078-275 078-276 078-277 078-278 078-279 078-280

O Cause: Paper Tray 6 malfunctioned. Remedy: Check the paper loaded in Tray 6. Power off and then power on the machine. If the tray errors are not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

078-281 m Check the paper loaded in Tray 5 and then power off/on the printer.

078-282 m Power off/on the printer.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-38 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

091-311 m Cause: Charge Corotron cleaner failure. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the error is not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

091-320 m m m Cause: Charge Corotron fault. Remedy: Power off/on the machine.

112-700 m m Cause: Punch Scrape Container is full or near full. Remedy: Remove and empty the scrape container and reinstall.

116-701 m m Cause: 2 sided print could not be made. Remedy: Print each side separately.

116-702 m Cause: Printing was performed using a substitute font. Remedy: Check the print data.

116-703 m Cause: An error occurred during PostScript processing. Remedy: Either confirm the print data or click Spool Settings on the Details tab in the print driver to set bi-directional communications to off.

116-710 m Cause: A probable cause is that the correct document size could not be judged as the receive data exceeded the HP-GL/2 spool size. Remedy: Increase the size assigned to HP-GL/2 auto-layout memory.

116-713 m Cause: Job was divided and printed due to insufficient disk space. Remedy: Remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

116-714 m Cause: An HP-GL/2 command error occurred. Remedy: Check the print data.

116-720 m Cause: An error occurred during printing as there was insufficient memory. Remedy: Stop unnecessary ports and remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space.

116-740 m Cause: Numerical value operation error occurred as a value exceeding the value limit of the printer was used in the print data. Remedy: Check the print data.

116-747 m Cause: There are too many paper margin values for the HP-GL/2 effective coordinate area. Remedy: Reduce the paper margin values, and instruct it to print again.

116-748 m Cause: There is no plot data in the HP-GL/2 print data. Remedy: Check the print data.

116-749 m Cause: Job cancelled because the specified font was unavailable. Remedy: Install the font or set up a font replacement on the print driver side.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-39 User Guide

116-771 116-772 116-773 116-774 116-775 116-776 116-777 116-778 116-790

m Cause: There was a problem with parameters in the JBIG data. They were automatically edited. Remedy: If any problem occurs in job result, try to process the job again.

116-780 m m Cause: There is a problem with the document attached to the received mail. Remedy: Check the attached document.

123-400 m Cause: A malfunction occurred in the machine. Remedy: Power-cycle the machine. If the machine error is not fixed by performing the relevant remedy, contact the Customer Support Center.

127-210 m m Cause: Communication error between the printer and the controller. Error detected by the printer. Remedy: Remove and reinsert the cable connection between the printer and the controller. Power off and on both the printer and the controller. If the problem persists, call the Customer Support Center.

127-211 m m Cause: Detected a communication error between the printer and the controller. Remedy: Remove and reinsert the cable connection between the printer and the controller. Power off and on both the printer and the controller. If the problem persists, call the Customer Support Center.

127-212 m m Cause: Detected an internal print check error by the controller. Remedy: Remove and reinsert the command/video cable between the controller and the printer. Power off and on both the printer and the controller. If the problem persists, call the Customer Support Center.

127-213 m m Cause: Detected a mismatch with the software version of the controller. Remedy: Contact the Customer Support Center for information and/or instructions to remedy the problem.

127-220 m m Cause: Detected a communication error of the video system by the controller. Remedy: Remove and reinsert the cable connection between the printer and the controller. Power off and on both the printer and the controller. If the problem persists, call the Customer Support Center

127-221 m m Cause: Detected a communication error by the controller. Remedy: Remove and reinsert the cable connection between the printer and the controller. Power off and on both the printer and the controller. If the problem persists, call the Customer Support Center.

127-311 m m Cause: Detected a fatal error by the controller. Remedy: Power on/off both the controller and the printer. If the problem persists, contact the Customer Support Center.

Error Code Category

Cause and Remedy C P S M O

Problem Solving

12-40 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Remedies are described in this section for situations in which the following messages are displayed.

Error Code

Message

Category Cause and Remedy

C P S M O

A malfunction occurred. Power-cycle the machine. (xxx-yyy)

m m m m m Cause: An error occurred. Remedy: Turn off the power, wait until the Control Panel display goes dark and then turn on power again. If the message persists, record the displayed contents for (xxx- yyy). Switch off the machine immediately, wait for the Control Panel display to go dark and contact the Customer Support Center.

Completed with an error. (xxx-yyy)

m m m m m Cause: An error occurred and the job completed. Remedy: Retry operation after waiting for a period.

A fault has occurred. The machine has rebooted. Select Close. When in doubt, report the malfunction to our Call Center. (xxx-yyy)

m m m m m Cause: An auto-recoverable internal error occurred and the machine restarted automatically. Remedy: Select the Close button. The machine is operating normally now. If the error persists, call contact the Customer Support Center.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-41 User Guide

Paper Jams Review the following list to address paper jams:

When paper jams inside the machine, the machine stops and an alarm sounds. Follow the instructions displayed on the controller to remove the jammed paper. Gently remove the paper taking care not to tear it. If paper is torn, be sure to remove all

torn pieces. If a piece of jammed paper remains inside the machine, the paper jam message will

remain on the display. Paper jams can be removed with the machine still powered on. When the power is turned

off, all information stored to the machine's memory will be erased. Do not touch components inside the machine. This can cause print defects. After clearing a paper jam, printing is automatically resumed from the state before the

paper jam occurred. If a paper jam occurred during copying, press the Start button. Copying is resumed from

the state before the paper jam occurred.

Paper Jams in Trays 1-4 Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Pull out the tray where the paper jam occurred.

Note To avoid tearing paper, review where the paper jam occurred before pulling out a tray. Torn paper remaining inside the machine can cause machine malfunction.

WARNING When removing jammed paper, make sure that no pieces of jammed paper are left in the machine. A piece of paper remaining in the machine can cause fire. If a piece of paper is stuck in a hidden area or paper is wrapped around the fuser unit or rollers, do not remove it forcefully. You can get injured or burnt. Switch off the machine immediately and contact the Customer Support Center.

Problem Solving

12-42 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Remove the jammed paper and any torn pieces.

3. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Paper Jams in Transport Unit 4 Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing before opening the front cover.

2. Pull out Tray 1.

3. Pull out Transport Unit 4. Tray 2 will come out as you pull out Transport Unit 4.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-43 User Guide

4. Lift up lever 4a and then remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

5. Return lever 4a to the original position. 6. Push Tray 2 in gently until it comes to a stop. Transport Unit 4 will be inserted

simultaneously. 7. Push Tray 1 in gently until it comes to a stop. 8. Close the front cover completely. The machine will not operate if the front cover is open

even slightly.

Paper Jams in Duplex Module 3 Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing before opening the front cover.

2. Pull out Duplex Module 3.

Problem Solving

12-44 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Move the release lever 3a to remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

4. Move lever 3b to the right and then remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

5. Push the duplex module in gently until it comes to a stop. 6. Return all levers to their starting positions. 7. Close the front cover completely. The machine will not operate if the front cover is open

even slightly.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-45 User Guide

Paper Jams in Tray 5 (Bypass) Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. When optional high capacity feeder tray is not installed, open the top cover of paper Tray 5 (Bypass).

2. Remove the jammed paper and all paper loaded in paper Tray 5 (Bypass).

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Fan the paper you removed making sure that all four corners are neatly aligned. 4. Insert the paper into the tray with the printing side facing up until its leading edge lightly

comes up against the paper feed entrance.

Problem Solving

12-46 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Jams in optional Trays 6 and 7 (High Capacity Feeder Tray) Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Pull out the tray where the paper jam occurred.

Note To avoid tearing paper, review where the paper jam occurred before pulling out a tray. Torn paper remaining inside the machine can cause machine malfunction.

2. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-47 User Guide

Paper jams in optional Tray 6 (1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder) Note If your machine is equipped with the optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF), refer to the section entitled Optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (Trays 6 and 7) on page 14-1 for specific information. The optional 2-drawer OHCF may not be available in your market area.

Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Pull out Tray 6.

Note To avoid tearing paper, review where the paper jam occurred before pulling out a tray. Torn paper remaining inside the machine can cause machine malfunction.

2. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Push the tray in gently until it comes to a stop.

Problem Solving

12-48 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Jams in Tray 8 (Post-Process inserter) Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Press the Cover button.

2. Open cover1e and then remove the jammed paper and all paper loaded in the Post-Process Inserter.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Fan the paper you removed, making sure that all four corners are neatly aligned, and then load them again.

4. Push cover 1e until you hear it click into place.

Note A message will be displayed and the machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-49 User Guide

Paper Jams in Lower Left Cover Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

Note This procedure shows how to clear a jam without the HCF (Trays 6 and 7) being present. If you have an HCF, open the Front Cover to optional Trays 6 and 7 to access this area.

1. Open the lower left cover while gripping the release lever.

2. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Close the lower left cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

12-50 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Jams inside body Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing before opening the front cover.

2. Turn the green lever at the center of the transfer module to the right until it is in the horizontal position and then pull the transfer module out to the end.

3. Lift up lever 2b to remove jammed paper. Then turn knob 2a to remove jammed paper.

4. If the jam occurs at the top of the transfer module or inside the fuser unit: a. Open the Front cover. b. Unlock the unit by pushing down on lever 2. c. Pull the fuser drawer towards you until it stops. d. Remove the jammed paper by pulling it out towards the left. If the jammed paper

cannot be removed, then,

WARNING Never touch a labeled area (found on the fuser unit or nearby) indicating High Temperature and Caution. Contact can lead to burns.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-51 User Guide

e. Lift up lever 2cand remove the jammed paper.

5. Lift up the lever 2cas necessary, shift the lever 2d, and then remove the jammed paper.

6. Turn the knob 2f as necessary and then remove the jammed paper.

WARNING Never touch the six Fuser Stripper Fingers which are visible when you lift up the lever2c. Fuser Stripper Fingers are HOT can lead to burns if touched.

WARNING Never touch a labeled area (found on the fuser unit or nearby) indicating High Temperature and Caution. Contact can lead to burns.

Problem Solving

12-52 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

7. Shift lever 3b on the right of the fuser unit as necessary and then remove the jammed paper.

Tip If the jammed paper remains inside and it is difficult to remove, pull out the duplex module after returning the transfer module to the original position. Then try again.

8. Insert the transfer module completely and turn the green lever 2 to the left.

Note If the lever cannot be turned, pull the transfer module to the middle and insert it again.

9. Close the front cover completely. The machine will not operate if the front cover is open even slightly.

Paper Jams Inside Finisher Left Cover Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

This section describes how to remedy paper jams that occur at the following locations:

Paper jams at lever 1a and knob 1c Paper jams at lever 1d Paper jams at lever 1b

Note Remedies differ according to the paper jam location. Follow the instructions displayed to remove the jammed paper.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-53 User Guide

Paper jams at lever 1a and knob 1c Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped and then open the left cover on the finisher.

2. Move lever1a downwards and turn knob 1c left. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 1a to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher left cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

12-54 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper jams at lever 1d Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the left cover on the finisher.

2. Move lever 1d upwards and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 1d to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher left cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-55 User Guide

Paper jams at lever 1b Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the left cover on the finisher.

2. Move lever 1b to the right and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 1b to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher left cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

12-56 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper Jams Inside Finisher Right Cover Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

This section describes how to remedy paper jams that occur at the following locations:

Paper jams at lever 3b and 3d Paper jams at lever 3e and knob 3c Paper jams at lever 3g and knob 3f Paper jams at lever 4b and knob 3a

Note Remedies differ according to the paper jam location. Follow the instructions displayed and remove the jammed paper.

Paper jams at lever 3b and 3d Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the Right Cover on the finisher.

2. Move levers 3b and 3d to the left, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-57 User Guide

3. Return levers 3b and 3d to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 3e and knob 3c Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

2. Move lever 3e, turn knob 3cto the right, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Problem Solving

12-58 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Return lever 3e to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 3g and knob 3f Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

2. Move lever 3g upward and to the left, turn knob 3f to the left, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-59 User Guide

3. Return lever 3g to the original position.

4. Close the right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 4b and knob 3a Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

2. Move lever 4b to the left, turn knob 3a to the right, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Problem Solving

12-60 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Return lever 4b to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper Jams at Z Folding Unit Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

This section explains how to remove jammed paper from inside the Z folding unit installed in the Standard Finisher or a Booklet Maker Finisher (optional).

Paper jams at lever 2a and knob 3a Paper jams at lever 2b and knob 2c Paper jams at knob 2c, levers 2e/2f and tri-fold output tray 2d. Paper jams at tri-fold output tray 2d and lever 2g Paper jams at unit 4 and knob 4a

Note Jam clearance remedies differ according to the paper jam location, so follow the displayed instructions.

Paper jams at lever 2a and knob 3a Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-61 User Guide

2. Move lever 2a up and turn knob 3a to the left. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 2a to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 2b and knob 2c Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

Problem Solving

12-62 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Move lever 2b, turn knob 2c to the right, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 2b to the original position.

4. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at knob 2c, levers 2e/2f and tri-fold output tray 2d Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-63 User Guide

2. Pull out the tri-fold output tray 2d, swing lever 2e to the right, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. If you cannot remove the paper in Step 2, turn knob 2c to the right, then remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

4. Swing back the opened lever (2f or 2e), and push back the tri-fold output tray 2d.

5. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

12-64 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper jams at tri-fold output tray 2d and lever 2g Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

2. Pull out the tri-fold output tray 2d, swing lever 2g to the right, and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 2g to the original position and push back the tri-fold output tray 2d.

4. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-65 User Guide

Paper jams at unit 4 and knob 4a Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

2. Pull out unit 4.

3. Turn knob 4a to the left to remove all the jammed paper from the left side of the unit 4.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Problem Solving

12-66 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. If the paper cannot be removed, pull up on the green lever on the right top cover unit 4 and remove all the jammed paper.

5. Return unit 4 to the original position. 6. Close the finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open

even slightly.

Paper Jams at Output Area of Finisher Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

This section describes how to remedy paper jams that occur at the following locations:

Paper jams at output tray Paper jams at finisher tray Paper jams at booklet output tray

Note Jam clearance remedies differ according to the paper jam location, so follow the displayed instructions.

Paper jams at output tray Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Remove jammed paper from the output tray.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-67 User Guide

2. Open and then close the right cover of the finisher completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at finisher tray Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Remove jammed paper from the finisher tray.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

2. Open and then close the right cover of the finisher completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at booklet output tray Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the right cover on the finisher.

Problem Solving

12-68 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Turn knob 4a to the right to remove the jammed paper at the booklet output tray.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper Jams at the optional High Capacity Feeder Unit Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

This section describes how to remedy paper jams that occur at the following locations:

Paper jams in Lower Left Cover Paper jams at lever 1a and Knob1c Paper jams at lever 1b Paper jams at lever 1d

Note Jam clearance remedies differ according to the paper jam location, so follow the displayed instructions.

Paper jams in Lower Left Cover Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Open the front cover of the optional high capacity feeder unit.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-69 User Guide

2. Open the lower left cover while gripping the release lever.

3. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

4. Close the lower left cover. 5. Close the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit completely. The machine will not

operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 1a and Knob 1c Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Open the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit.

Problem Solving

12-70 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Move lever 1a to the right and turn knob 1c to the right. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 1a to the original position.

4. Close the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 1b Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Open the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-71 User Guide

2. Move lever 1b to the right and turn knob 1c to the right. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 1b to the original position.

4. Close the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Paper jams at lever 1d Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your copy/print jobs.

1. Open the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit.

Problem Solving

12-72 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

2. Move lever 1d upwards and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Return lever 1d to the original position.

4. Close the front cover of the high capacity feeder unit completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-73 User Guide

Document jams Document jams can occur at the document cover and at the output area.

Document jams at cover 1. Gently lift the latch of the DADF top cover until it is completely open.

2. Open the left cover until it comes to a stop.

3. If the document is not caught in the input section, you can remove it.

4. If you are instructed to turn the wheel, turn the green wheel to eject the document upward.

Problem Solving

12-74 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Note If the document is stuck, do not pull on it forcefully, as this could damage the document.

5. If you are instructed to open the inner cover, lift up the lever with the green seal on it, and open the inner cover. Remove the jammed document.

6. Turn the green wheel to eject the document upward.

Note If the document is stuck, do not pull on it forcefully, as this could damage the document.

7. When the inside of the left cover is indicated, remove the jammed document.

8. Close the top cover of the inner cover until you hear it click into place. 9. Close the left cover of the document feeder until you hear it click into place. 10. To locate the document:

Pick up the document feeder slowly, or, Pick up the document feeder tray.

11. Gently return the document feeder tray to its original position. 12. After removing the jammed document, reload the entire document, including delivered

document sheets. Be sure not to load torn, wrinkled or folded documents in the Document Feeder. The already scanned document sheets will automatically be skipped and scanning will resume from the document sheet last scanned prior to the jam.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-75 User Guide

Note To scan torn, wrinkled or folded documents, use the Document Glass, only.

Document jams at output area 1. Open the document cover.

2. Open the belt area while gripping the lever and remove the jammed document.

3. Gently return the belt area to the original position.

4. Put the DADF back in place. 5. After removing the jammed document, reload the entire document, including delivered

document sheets. Be sure not to load torn, wrinkled or folded documents in the Document Feeder. The already scanned document sheets will automatically be skipped and scanning will resume from the document sheet last scanned prior to the jam.

Note To scan torn, wrinkled or folded documents, use the Document Glass, only.

Problem Solving

12-76 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Stapler Faults Perform the procedures on the following pages when copies are not stapled correctly or when staples are bent. Contact the Customer Support Center if the problem persists.

If stapling occurs in the manner shown in the below illustrations, contact the Customer Support Center.

Tip Use the staple cartridge cover only when removing bent staples.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-77 User Guide

Staple jams in the staple cartridge

Finisher staple cartridge staple jams 1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the front cover on the

finisher.

2. Hold the R1 at the position shown in the diagram and pull straight out of the machine.

3. Pull out the staple cartridge and check the inside of the finisher for any remaining staples. 4. Open the staple cartridge cover and remove the jammed staple.

5. If the jammed staple cannot be removed, push the staple in the direction indicated by arrow shown in the illustration.

WARNING Be careful when removing jammed staples to avoid hurting your fingers.

Problem Solving

12-78 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

6. Push the cartridge back to the original position.

7. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open even slightly.

Note If the staples cannot be removed after carrying out the above procedures, contact the Customer Support Center.

Booklet staple cartridge staple jams 1. Make sure that the machine has stopped printing and then open the front cover on the

finisher.

2. Pressing the lever to the right, pull out the staple cartridge.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-79 User Guide

3. Hold the tabs of the booklet staple cartridge and then lift to remove it.

4. Remove the jammed staples as shown in the illustration.

5. Holding the tabs of the booklet staple cartridge, return the cartridge to the original position and gently push it until it clicks into place.

6. Return the unit to its original position. 7. Close the Finisher right cover completely. The machine will not operate if the cover is open

even slightly.

Note If the staples cannot be removed after carrying out the above procedures, contact the Customer Support Center.

WARNING Be careful when removing jammed staples to avoid cutting and hurting your fingers.

Problem Solving

12-80 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Curled Output Solutions You can correct output paper curl by pressing the De-curl button.

The De-curl button functions while the machine is running or idled and powered on.

1. Check how the output copy is curled.

2. Check the De-curl lights.

3. Press the De-curl buttonto the desired setting.

Problem Solving

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 12-81 User Guide

De-curl button Mode and function

De-curl button Functions

Indicator Mode

Auto The curling correction is automatically performed according to the paper size or output orientation. We recommend that the De-curl feature be used in Auto mode.

The Auto mode is entered in the following cases: After turning on the machine power After canceling Power Saver mode

Upward Curling ON

Press to correct for upward curling.

Down- ward Curling ON

Press to correct for downward curling.

OFF Press OFF when the output does not have curl.

Problem Solving

12-82 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-1 User Guide

13Specifications

Note In the interests of product development, product specifications and external appearance are subject to change without prior notice.

Copy specifications

Item 4112 4127

Copier Type Console

Scanning Resolution 600 600dpi (23.6 23.6 dots/mm)

Output Resolution 600 600dpi (23.6 23.6 dots/mm)

Graduation 256 gradation

Warm-up Time 6 minutes or less (when the room temperature at 68 F/20 C)

5 minutes or less (when the room temperature at 68 F/20 C)

Copy Document The maximum size is 297 432 mm (A3, 11 17in.) for both sheets and books

Specifications

13-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Copy Paper Size Max: A3/11 x 17 in., 12.6 19.2in. (330 488 mm) Min: A5/5.75 x 8.25 in. (Postcard for Tray 5 (Bypass)) Image loss: Lead edge/trail edge: 0.157 in./4 mm or less Front/back 0.157 in./4 mm or less.

Paper Trays 1 - 2 8.5 x 11 in./A4

Paper Trays 3 - 4 A5, A4, A4 , A3, B5, B4 8.5 11 in., 8.5 11 in., 8.5 13 in., 8.5 14 in., 11 17 in., 12.6 19.2 in., 13 18 in. 8K,16K , tab paper (8.5 x 11 in./A4 ) Non-standard size:X direction from 5.5-13 in./140-330 mm, Y direction from 7-19 in./182-488 mm

Tray 5 (Bypass) A6, A5, A4, A4 , A3, B6, B5, B5 , B4 8.5 11 in., 8.5 11 in., 8.5 13 in., 8.5 14 in.,11 17 in., 12 18 in., 13 19 in. 8K,16K , 16K, tab paper (A4 , 8.5 11 in. ) Non-standard size:X direction from 5.8-19 in./148-488 mm, Y direction from 4-13 in./100-330 mm When using Trays 3, 4 and 5 (Bypass) to copy a non-standard size document on both sides, set X direction from 5.5 x 13 in./140 to 330 mm and Y direction from 7 x 19 in./182-488 mm.

Copy Paper Trays 1-4, 6, 7: 13 - 57 lb./52 - 216 gsm Tray 5 (Bypass): 13 - 67lb./52 - 253 gsm Use Xerox recommended papers for best results.

First Copy Output Time Values may differ depending on machine configuration.

3.0 seconds (When the Document Glass, 100% Reduction/Enlargement, Tray 1, 8.5 x 11 in./A4 are used)

Copy Reduction / Enlargement Ratio

100%: 1:1 0.7% Preset%: 1:0.250,1:0.500,1:0.612,1:0.707,1:0.816,1:0.866, 1:1.154,1:1.225,1:1.414,1:1.632, 1:2.000, 1:4.000 Variable%: 1:0.25 to 1:4.00 (in 1% increments)

Item 4112 4127

Specifications

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-3 User Guide

Continuous Copy Speed The speed may be reduced in order to adjust image quality. The performance may be reduced depending on the paper type.

Continuous 1-sided copy/100% reduction/enlargement 7 x 10 in./B5 :95 sheets/min 8.5 x 11 in./A4 :90 sheets/min

SEF: 8.5 x 11 in./A4:64 sheets/min 7 x 10 in./B5:64 sheets/min 10 x 14 in./B4:56 sheets/min 11 x 17in./A3:50 sheets/min

Continuous 2-sided copy/100% reduction/enlargement 7 x 10 in./B5 :86 pages/min 8.5 x 11 in./A4 :81 pages/min

SEF: 8.5 x 11 in./A4:64 pages/min 7 x 10 in./B5:64 pages/min 10 x 14 in./B4:56 pages/min 11 x 17 in./A3:50 pages/min

Continuous 1-sided copy/100% reduction/enlargement 7 x 10 in./B5 :116 sheets/min 8.5 x 11 in./A4 :110 sheets/min

SEF: 8.5 x 11 in./A4:78 sheets/min 7 x 10 in./B5:78 sheets/min 10 x 14 in./B4:69 sheets/min 11 x 17 in./A3:55 sheets/min

Continuous 2-sided copy/100% reduction/enlargement 7 x 10 in./B5 :116 pages/min 8.5 x 11 in./A4 :110 pages/min

SEF: 8.5 x 11 in./A4:70 pages/min 7 x 10 in./B5:70 pages/min 10 x 14 in./B4:62 pages/min 11 x 17 in./A3:55 pages/min

Paper Feed Method/ Capacity

Standard: Tray 1: 1,200 sheets Tray 2: 1,800 sheets Trays 3 and 4: 600 sheets each Tray 5/Bypass: 280 sheets Trays 6 and 7 (optional High Capacity Feeder): 2,300 sheets each. Maximum paper capacity: 9080 pages (including Trays 6 and 7 (optional High Capacity Feeder) The maximum paper capacity (9080) is based on 20 lb./75 gsm

Continuous Copy Pages 9,999 sheets The machine may pause temporarily to perform an image stabilization.

Power Source 200 - 240V, 15A

Maximum Power Consumption

Maximum Power Consumption: 2.8 - 3.1 KVA Low Power Mode: 225W Sleep Mode: 15W

Dimensions 50.2 (width) 30.8 (depth) 57.3 (height) 1,275 mm (width) 781 mm (depth) 1,455 mm (height)

Weight 591 lbs. (268 kg) 585 lbs (266 kg)

Weight excludes new toner cartridge, papers and options.

Minimum Space Requirements (Width and Depth)

With Standard Finisher 90.3/2,294 mm (W) 30.8/781 mm (D) - extending Tray 5 (Bypass) completely

With Booklet-Maker Finisher 90.5/2,299 mm (W) 30.8/781 mm (D) - extending Tray 5 (Bypass) completely

Item 4112 4127

Specifications

13-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Print Specifications Type Built-in type

Continuous Print Speed The same as Copy; refer to , Continuous Copy Speed on page 13-3. When continuously printing a single document 8.5 x 11 in./A4 : Speed may be reduced during image quality adjustment when High Precision] is specified for the Print Mode] of PCL driver, or when [High Precision] or [High Image Quality] is specified for the [Print Mode] of PostScript driver. Performance may be reduced depending on the paper type.

Resolution Output resolution: 1200 1200 dpi (47.2 47.2 dots/mm) Data processing resolution: 1200 1200 dpi (47.2 47.2 dots/mm)

Page Description Language PCL5c, PostScript

Emulation ESC/P (VP-1000), HP-GL (HP7586B), HP-GL2/RTL (HP Design Jet 750C Plus), PCL5c/PCLXL (HP Color Laser Jet 5500), ESCP/ K, KS/KSSM

Memory Capacity 512 MB (maximum 512 MB)

Built-in Fonts PCL: European 81 type faces, symbol 35 sets PostScript: European 136 type faces

Interface Standard: Ethernet (100Base-TX/10Base-T) Option: USB 2.0

Supported Protocol Ethernet: TCP/IP (SMB, LPD, Port9100, IPP), NetBEUI (SMB), IPX, SPX (NetWare), Ether Talk (Apple Talk)

Supported OS PCL5c: Microsoft Windows 2000, Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows Server 2003, Microsoft Windows Vista

PostScript: Microsoft Windows 2000, Microsoft Windows XP, Microsoft Windows Server 2003, Microsoft Windows Vista, Mac OS 7.5 or later Mac OS 8x, 9x Mac OS X 10.x

Specifications

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-5 User Guide

Scan specifications

Document feeder specifications

Type Black and white scanner

Scan Size Maximum size: 297 432 mm (A3/11 17in.) for both sheets and books

Scan Resolution 600 600dpi, 400 400dpi, 300 300dpi, 200 200dpi (23.6 23.6, 15.7 15.7, 11.8 11.8, 7.9 7.9 dots/mm)

Scan Graduation 1 bits input, 1 bits output

Document Scan Speed 100 copies/min (Scanning into folder for ITU-T No.1 chart 8.5 x 11 in./A4 200dpi)

Important: Scanning speed varies by the document.

Interface Sharing with print controller

Scan to Folder Supported protocol: TCP/IP (Salutation, HTTP) Output format: Monochrome (2 colors:TIFF) Driver: TWAIN (Salutation) Driver supported OS: Windows 2000/XP, Microsoft Windows Server 2003, Microsoft Windows Vista

Scan to PC Supported protocol: TCP/IP (SMB, FTP), NetBEUI (SMB) Supported Operating Systems: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, NetWare 5.x *1 SMB protocol only is supported. *2 FTP protocol only is supported. Output format: Monochrome 2 colors: TIFF (compression type: MH and MMR) DocuWorks, PDF

E-Mail Supported protocol: TCP/IP (SMTP) Output format Monochrome 2 colors: TIFF (compression type: MH and MMR) DocuWorks documents, PDF

Item Specification

Document Size/Type Size: Maximum: A3/11 17 in. (297 432 mm) Minimum: A5/5.82 x 8.26 (148 x 210 mm)

Weight: 10-53 lb./38-200gsm

Type: A5, A5 , A4, A4 , A3, B5, B5 , B4, 8.5 11 in. , 8.5 11 in., 8.5 14 in. (SEF), 11 17 in. (SEF)

Paper Capacity 250 sheets When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper.

Document Changing Speed (8.5 x 11 in./A4 portrait, , 1- sided)

Xerox 4127: 100 sheets/min Xerox 4112: 90 sheets/min

Specifications

13-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Optional Trays 6 and 7 (HCF) specifications

Tray 6 (1-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder) - optional Note If your machine is equipped with the optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF), refer to the section entitled Optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (Trays 6 and 7) on page 14-1 for specific information. The optional 2-drawer OHCF may not be available in your market area.

Item Specification

Copy (Sheet) Size/Type Sizes: Maximum: 8.5 x 11 in., A4, Minimum: 7.25 x 10.5 (Executive), B5

Weight: 13-57 lb./52-216gsm

Paper Feed Levels/Paper Capacity

2300 sheets 2 levels When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper.

Size/Weight (Width, Depth, Height)

Size: 23.5/597 mm (W) 27.3/694 mm (D) 39.1/992 mm (H) Weight: 159 lbs/72 kg Weight does not include loaded paper.

Item Specification

Sheet size SEF: 8.5 x 11 in./A4 8.5 x 13 in. 8.5x14 in. 10 x 14 in./B4 11 x 17 in./A3 12 x 18 in. 12.6 x 17.7 in./SRA3 12.6 x 19.2 in. 13 x 18 in. 13 x 19 in.

LEF: B5, 7.25 x 10.5 in.(executive), A4, 8.5 x 11 in., 8.0 x 10 in.

Custom sizes: 210 - 330 mm x 182 - 488 mm

Paper weight 18 lb. to 110 lb. cover/64 - 300 gsm

Paper capacity 2000 sheets Important: When using up to Xerox 24 lb./90 gsm paper.

Dimensions 39 in.(width) 32 in.(depth) 37 in.(height) 988 mm (width) 785 mm (depth) 930 mm (height) Important: The weight does not include any papers.

Weight 254 lb. (115 kg)

Power consumption 300 watts maximum

Specifications

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-7 User Guide

Standard Finisher specifications

Item Specification

Tray Type Output Tray: Collated/Uncollated Finisher Tray: Collated/Uncollated (Offset available) Booklet Tray: Collated/Uncollated

Supported Paper Size Top Tray: Maximum: A3, 12.6 x 19.2 (330 x 488 mm) Minimum: A6 (postcards)

Finisher Tray: Maximum: 12.6 19.2in. (330 x 488 mm) Minimum: B5

Supported Paper Weight Top Tray and Finisher Tray: 52 - 253 gsm

Capacity 500 sheets

Important: When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper.

Tray Capacity Top Tray: 500 sheets Finisher Tray:3,000 sheets, 200 sets*

* When using A4 , B5 , 8.5 11in. , 8 x 10 in. , 7.5 x 10.5 in. , 16K only. When using paper of other sizes, tray capacity is 1,500 sheets and 100 sets.

Stapling (variable-length) Maximum stapled sheets: 100 sheets

When using paper of size larger than A4 or 8.5 x 11 in., the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 65. Staple nails may bend when using certain paper types. Paper size: Maximum: A3, 11 x 17 in. Minimum: B5 Staple position: 1 location: (front: angled stapling, center: parallel stapling, back: parallel stapling*) 2 locations: (parallel stapling)

*: Angled stapling for A3 and A4

Hole Punching Supported paper size: Maximum: A3, 11 x 17 in. Minimum: B5 (2 holes), A4 (4 holes)

Number of holes: 2, 4, 3 (optional)

Paper type: 52 - 200 gsm

Folding See Booklet-Maker Finisher specifications

Specifications

13-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Interposer (Tray 8) Paper size: Maximum: A3, 11 17 in., Minimum: B5

The machine does not copy or print on paper loaded in the interposer.

Capacity: 200 sheets

When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper

Paper type: 60 - 220 gsm

Size/Weight

(With Staple Cartridge Installed)

Size: 41.1 in./1,045 mm (W) x 28.5 in./725 mm (D) x 45.9 in./1,165 mm (H),

Weight: 231.5 lbs/105 kg

Space Requirements

(When Finisher is connected to the Main Unit and Tray 5 (Bypass) is fully extended)

90.3/2,294 mm (W) x 30.7/781 mm (D)

Item Specification

Specifications

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-9 User Guide

Booklet-Maker Finisher specifications

Item Specification

Tray Type Output Tray: Collated/Uncollated Finisher Tray: Collated/Uncollated (Offset available) Booklet Tray: Collated/Uncollated

Supported Paper Size Top Tray: Maximum: A3, 12.6 x 19.2 (330 x 488 mm) Minimum: A6 (postcards)

Finisher Tray: Maximum: 12.6 19.2 in. (330 x 488 mm) Minimum: B5

Booklet Tray: Maximum: A3, 13 18 in. Minimum: A4, 8.5 11 in.,

Supported Paper Weight Top Tray and Finisher Tray: 52 - 253 gsm

Booklet Tray: center binding 60 - 90 gsm, center folding 60 -105 gsm NOTE: For covers, paper of up to 220 gsm is supported. NOTE: If 91 -220 gsm paper is used for covers, the main Body of documents must use 60 - 80 gsm paper.

Tray Capacity Top Tray: 500 sheets Finisher Tray:2,000 sheets, 200 sets*

* When using A4 , B5 , 8.5 11 in. , 8 x 10 in. , 7.5 x 10.5 in. , 16K only. When using paper of other sizes, tray capacity is 1,500 sheets and 100 sets.

Booklet Tray: 20 sets Tray may not support some paper types.

Stapling (variable length) Maximum stapled sheets: 100 sheets

When using paper of size larger than A4 or 8.5 x 11 in., the maximum number of sheets that can be stapled is 65. Staple nails may bend when using certain paper types. Paper size: Maximum: A3, 11 x 17 in. Minimum: B5 Staple position: 1 location: (front: angled stapling, center: parallel stapling, back: parallel stapling*) 2 locations: (parallel stapling)

*: Angled stapling for A3 and A4

Hole Punching Supported paper size: Maximum: A3, 11 x 17 in. Minimum: B5 (2 holes), A4 (4 holes)

Number of holes: 2, 4, 3 (optional)

Paper type: 52 - 200 gsm

Specifications

13-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Booklet Creation/Single Fold Maximum number of sheets: Fold & Staple: 25 sheets Fold only: 5 sheets When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper. Only 14 sheets can be stapled if adding a cover. Paper size: Maximum: A3. 13 x 18 in. Minimum: A4 SEF, 8.5 x 11 in. SEF

Paper type: Fold & Staple:60 - 90 gsm Fold only: 60 - 105 gsm

Paper Weights/Booklet Capacity: 64 - 80 gsm, Uncoated: 25 sheets 81 - 90 gsm, Uncoated: 20 sheets 91 - 105 gsm, Uncoated: 10 sheets 106 - 128 gsm, Uncoated: 10 sheets, Coated: 10 sheets 129 - 150 gsm, Uncoated: 10 sheets, Coated: 10 sheets 151 - 176 gsm, Uncoated: 10 sheets, Coated: 10 sheets 177 - 220 gsm, Uncoated: 5 sheets, Coated: 5 sheets

Folding Note: Non-stapled fold sets are limited to 5 sheets of paper. Refer to the optional Folder table on page 13-11 for folder specifications.

Interposer (Tray 8) Paper size: Maximum: A3, 11 17 in., Minimum: B5

The machine does not copy or print on paper loaded in the interposer.

Capacity: 200 sheets

When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper

Paper type: 60 - 220 gsm

Size/Weight

(With Staple Cartridge and Staple Cartridge for Booklet are Installed)

Size: 41.3 in./1,050 mm (W) x 28.5 in./725 mm (D) x 45.9 in./1,165 mm (H),

Weight: 286 lbs/130 kg

Space Requirements

(When Finisher is connected to the Main Unit and Tray 5 (Bypass) is fully extended)

90.5 in./2,299 mm (W) x 44.9 in./1,140 mm (D)

Item Specification

Specifications

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-11 User Guide

Folding unit (Z and C) specifications

Storing paper properly Store paper in a dry place. Using paper that has absorbed moisture can cause paper jams

and image quality defects.

Store paper flat to prevent bending or warping.

Rewrap any unpacked paper before storing it. Moisture prevention packets are recommended.

Note Moisture may cause prints to fade. For more information, contact Xerox Customer Support Center.

Item Specification

Z-Fold Half Sheet

Z paper size 11 x 17 in./A3, 10 x 14 in./B4, 8K

Capacity Max: 80 sheets (Standard Finisher) (A3/11 17, in.Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper Z folding) 20 sheets for 8K and10 x 14 in./B4

Paper type 16-24 lb./60 to 90gsm

Output tray Finisher tray

C Fold Z Fold

Paper size A4/8.5 11in.

Number of sheets to be folded

1 sheet

Capacity 40 sheets When using Xerox 20 lb./75 gsm paper.

Paper type 16-24 lb./60 to 90gsm

Output tray C/Z Fold output tray

Single Fold Refer to Booklet Creation/Single Fold specifications found in the Booklet Maker Finisher specifications table.

Size/Weight 7.9 in.(width) 28.5 in.(depth) 43.9 in.(height), 88.2 lbs. 200 mm (width) 725 mm (depth) 1,115 mm (height), 40kg

Specifications

13-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Printable Area Standard Printing Area The standard area that can be printed leaves a margin of 0.16 inches (0.161 in./4.1 mm) on all four edges of the paper (for SRA3, 12.6 in./320 mm wide, a margin of 0.45 in./11.5 mm left and right).

Note The actual printing area may vary depending on the printer (plotter) control language.

Extended Printing Area If you choose to extend the printing area in a print, the maximum area for the print is 12.01 18.90 inches (305 480mm). The maximum area for a copy is 43.2 17.01 inches (297 432mm). The printing area changes depending on paper size used.

Note To extend the print area, change the PCL print driver or the Print Area setting on the touch screen.

Note For information on how to adjust print driver settings, refer to the online help for the print driver.

Note For more about Control Panel settings, refer to Print Area in the System Administration Guide or contact your System Administrator.

When the paper width is less than 12 inches

When the paper width is 12 inches

When the paper width is 12.6 inches (SRA3 (320 mm width))

Printable

UnPrintable

Printable

UnPrintable

Printable

UnPrintable

Printable

UnPrintable

Printable

UnPrintable

Printable

UnPrintable

Specifications

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 13-13 User Guide

Available Options

Note To purchase and to receive the latest product information, contact the Customer Support Center.

Cautions and Limitations

Notes and Restrictions on the Use of the Machine

When the Print Results Differ from the Settings

Insufficient memory for the print page buffer may cause the effects listed below to occur, giving results not expected from the settings. In this case, more memory is recommended.

Single-sided printing when duplex was specified Jobs are canceled (if a page cannot be rendered in the print page buffer, the job, including

that page, is canceled)

Installing and Moving the Machine When moving the machine from its rack, contact the Customer Support Center. When moving the machine, do not subject the unit to shocks. When closing the document cover, be careful not to trap your fingers. Do not place objects close to the ventilation opening of the extractor fan of the machine.

Meter Counts for Duplex Printing

For duplex printing, depending on the application being used and the way in which the number of copies is specified, blank pages may be inserted automatically. In this case, the blank page inserted by the application is counted for metering purposes.

Mail Server Restrictions

Depending on the system environment (mail server restrictions and so on), it may not be possible to send or receive large volume e-mails. When setting the number of pages for sending split e-mail, confirm the system environment of the sender and recipient, respectively. If splitting a mail to be sent into single pages results in excessive volume for the transmission, reduce the transmission quality or change the resolution of the original to reduce the size.

Product name Description

Printer Upgrade Kit Allows a DC (copier only) machine to be updated to a ST (Network Print) enabled system

Mobility Plates These plates allow the system to be installed on uneven floor or heavy carpet.

Data Security Kit This kit increases the security of data written to the hard disk.

Network Accounting Kit (Job Base Account Kit)

Allows you to keep track of the user accounts via an external authentication server.

Specifications

13-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Network Confidentiality

Network confidentiality cannot be guaranteed.

Mail System Environment Requirements

To send or receive E-mail, a mail system environment must be provided. Provide the mail system environment, including SMTP, POP3, and DNS servers, etc., as required.

Notes on Security

E-mail uses the Internet as its transmission path. Attention must be paid to security, in order to avoid eavesdropping by third parties, or tampering as can occur with electronic mail and other transmissions over the Internet. Therefore, for important information, it is recommended that you employ other methods to guarantee security. In addition, to avoid the receipt of unwanted E-mail, it is recommended not to divulge the E-mail address to unrelated third parties.

Preventing Receipt of Unwanted E-mail

The machine provides a feature to block malicious mail sent to a user's address by an external third party of a known mail address. This feature restricts the sender's address by specifying the domains from which mail may be received.

Note For information about restricting domains from which mail is received, refer to the System Administration Guide, Chapter 9 (Domain Settings).

Notes on Receiving Mail

Depending on the data in a received E-mail, it is possible for there to be insufficient memory, or for printing not to be possible. In this case, either add more memory, or ask the sender to resend with a lower resolution.

Notes on Folder

Create a new folder to store documents when the total number of document pages stored in one folder exceeds 15,000 pages and the following issues occur:

Document scanning speed decreases. Speeds to copy a document or move a document stored in a folder decrease.

Additionally, when the above mentioned issues occur and document pages do not exceed 15,000 pages, create a new folder to store documents.

Character Code

The following shows the character codes that can be printed by the machine. Character codes other than those shown below may not be printed.

English: CP1252 Traditional Chinese: Big5 (CNS 11643-1, CNS 11643-2) Simplified Chinese: GB2312

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-1 User Guide

14Addendum

Optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (Trays 6 and 7) Tip This accessory may not be available in your market area.

Overview

The optional 2-drawer Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF) provides feeds in a variety of stock sizes, including standard sizes and oversized stock up to 13 x 19.2 in./330.2 x 488 mm paper. Each drawer holds 2000 sheets.

Note The OHCF comes equipped from manufacturing with the Post Card Kit.

Addendum

14-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Loading media in the OHCF

Loading paper in the OHCF

Use the following procedure to load paper into either tray of the OHCF.

1. Select the appropriate paper stock for your job. 2. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 3. Open the ream of paper with the seam side facing up. 4. Fan the sheets before loading them into the tray. 5. Load paper into the tray. 6. Adjust the paper guides by pressing in the guide release and carefully moving the Edge

Guide until it lightly touches the edge of the material in the tray.

Do not load materials above the MAX line located on the rear Edge Guide.

7. If necessary, set the skew adjustment levers to the desired position for your print job; refer Skew adjustment levers on page 14-8.

8. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop. 9. If enabled by your System Administrator, the Paper Tray settings screen may be displayed

on the UI.

a. If the tray settings screen displays the correct paper type, weight, and size, select the Confirm button.

b. If the tray settings need modification, select the Change Settings button; the tray properties screen is displayed.

10. From the tray properties screen, select the desired option (Paper Size, Paper Type/Paper Weight, etc.).

11. Make the appropriate changes to that option (such as Paper Size). 12. Select the Save button to continue. 13. Select the Save button again to continue. 14. Select the Confirm button to save the information and close the Paper Tray settings screen.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-3 User Guide

Loading tabs in the OHCF Note If the optional GBC AdvancedPunch is attached to your machine, refer to the GBC AdvancedPunch customer documentation for instructions on loading tab stock in the trays.

Use the following procedure to load tab stock into either tray of the OHCF.

1. Select the appropriate tab stock for your job. 2. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 3. Fan the tab paper before loading them into the tray. 4. Load and align the edge of the tab paper against the right edge of the tray in the long

edge feed (LEF) direction as shown in the following illustration:

5. Adjust the paper guides by pressing in the guide release and carefully moving the Edge Guide until it lightly touches the edge of the material in the tray.

Do not load materials above the MAX line located on the rear Edge Guide.

6. If necessary, set the skew adjustment levers to the desired position for your print job; refer Skew adjustment levers on page 14-8.

7. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop.

Addendum

14-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

8. If enabled by your System Administrator, the Paper Tray settings screen may be displayed on the UI.

a. If the tray settings screen displays the correct paper type, weight, and size, select the Confirm button.

b. If the tray settings need modification, select the Change Settings button; the tray properties screen is displayed.

9. From the tray properties screen, select the desired option (Paper Size, Paper Type/Paper Weight, etc.).

10. Make the appropriate changes to that option (such as Paper Size). 11. Select the Save button to continue. 12. Select the Save button again to continue. 13. Select the Confirm button to save the information and close the Paper Tray settings screen.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-5 User Guide

Loading transparencies in the OHCF

Use the following procedure to load transparencies into either tray of the OHCF.

1. Select the appropriate transparency stock for your job. 2. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 3. Fan the transparencies to stop them from sticking together before loading them into the

tray. 4. Load transparencies on top of a small stack of the same-size paper and align the edge of

the transparencies against the right edge of the tray as shown in the following illustration:

5. Adjust the paper guides by pressing in the guide release and carefully moving the Edge Guide until it lightly touches the edge of the material in the tray.

Do not load materials above the MAX line located on the rear Edge Guide.

6. If necessary, set the skew adjustment levers to the desired position for your print job; refer Skew adjustment levers on page 14-8.

7. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop.

Addendum

14-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

8. If enabled by your System Administrator, the Paper Tray settings screen may be displayed on the UI.

a. If the tray settings screen displays the correct paper type, weight, and size, select the Confirm button.

b. If the tray settings need modification, select the Change Settings button; the tray properties screen is displayed.

9. From the tray properties screen, select the desired option (Paper Size, Paper Type/Paper Weight, etc.).

10. Make the appropriate changes to that option (such as Paper Size). 11. Select the Save button to continue. 12. Select the Save button again to continue. 13. Select the Confirm button to save the information and close the Paper Tray settings screen.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-7 User Guide

Loading pre-drilled stock in the OHCF for 1-sided or 2-sided jobs

Use the following procedure to load paper into either tray of the OHCF.

1. Select the appropriate paper stock for your job. 2. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 3. Open the ream of paper with the seam side facing up. 4. Fan the sheets before loading them into the tray. 5. Load and register the pre-drilled paper against the right side of the tray paper as depicted

below for either LEF or SEF direction:

6. Adjust the paper guides by pressing in the guide release and carefully moving the Edge Guide until it lightly touches the edge of the material in the tray.

Do not load materials above the MAX line located on the rear Edge Guide.

7. If necessary, set the skew adjustment levers to the desired position for your print job; refer Skew adjustment levers on page 14-8.

8. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop. 9. If enabled by your System Administrator, the Paper Tray settings screen may be displayed

on the UI.

a. If the tray settings screen displays the correct paper type, weight, and size, select the Confirm button.

b. If the tray settings need modification, select the Change Settings button; the tray properties screen is displayed.

Addendum

14-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

10. From the tray properties screen, select the desired option (Paper Size, Paper Type/Paper Weight, etc.).

11. Make the appropriate changes to that option (such as Paper Size). 12. Select the Save button to continue. 13. Select the Save button again to continue. 14. Select the Confirm button to save the information and close the Paper Tray settings screen.

Skew adjustment levers

The skew adjustment levers are found in all paper trays. These levers are used to improve paper feed accuracy and to reduce paper skew problems.

Note These levers should remain in their default position. The position of these levers should be

changed only when there is a skew problem when running a specific print job and/or specific media type.

Changing the skew adjustment levers from their default position may cause more skew problems when running certain media types, such as coated, label, transparency, and film.

Use the following procedure to set the skew adjustment levers.

1. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 2. Slide the Rear Skew Adjustment Lever to the right (as shown in the above picture). 3. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop.

Item number Description

1 Rear Skew Adjustment Lever

2 Right-side skew Adjustment Lever

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-9 User Guide

4. If enabled by your System Administrator, the Paper Tray settings screen may be displayed on the UI.

a. If the tray settings screen displays the correct paper type, weight, and size, select the Confirm button.

b. If the tray settings need modification, select the Change Settings button; the tray properties screen is displayed.

5. From the tray properties screen, select the desired option (Paper Size, Paper Type/Paper Weight, etc.).

6. Make the appropriate changes to that option (such as Paper Size). 7. Select the Save button to continue. 8. Select the Save button again to continue. 9. Select the Confirm button to save the information and close the Paper Tray settings screen. 10. Run your print job.

The paper is fed accurately without skew and the printed output is satisfactory; you are finished.

The paper is skewed and the printed output is unsatisfactory; proceed to the next step. 11. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 12. Return the Rear Skew Adjustment Lever to its left, default position. 13. Slide the Right-side Skew Adjustment Lever toward the front of the paper tray. 14. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop. 15. If enabled by your System Administrator, the Paper Tray settings screen may be displayed

on the UI. a. If the tray settings screen displays the correct paper type, weight, and size, select the

Confirm button. b. If the tray settings need modification, select the Change Settings button; the tray

properties screen is displayed. 16. From the tray properties screen, select the desired option (Paper Size, Paper Type/Paper

Weight, etc.). 17. Make the appropriate changes to that option (such as Paper Size). 18. Select the Save button to continue. 19. Select the Save button again to continue. 20. Select the Confirm button to save the information and close the Paper Tray settings screen.

Addendum

14-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

21. Run your print job. The paper is fed accurately without skew and the printed output is satisfactory; you are

finished. The paper is skewed and the printed output is unsatisfactory; proceed to the next step.

22. Pull out the tray slowly until it stops. 23. Return the Right-side Skew Adjustment Lever toward the rear of the paper tray; this is its

default position. 24. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop. 25. If you are still having skew adjustment problems, refer to the Alignment Adjustment

Settings section in the System Administration Guide.

OHCF problem solving

Clearing OHCF jams Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, ar cleared before proceeding with your jobs.

This section describes how to remedy paper jams that occur at the following locations:

Paper jams inside the OHCF trays Paper jams at lever 1a and knob 1c Paper jams at lever 1b and knob 1c Paper jams at lever 1d and knob 1c

Note Remedies differ according to the paper jam location. Follow the instructions displayed to remove the jammed paper.

Paper jams inside the OHCF trays Tip Always ensure that all paper jams, including any small ripped pieces of paper, are cleared before proceeding with your jobs.

1. Pull out the tray where the paper jam occurred.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-11 User Guide

2. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

3. Gently push in the tray until it comes to a stop.

OHCF paper jams at lever 1a and knob 1c 1. Open the front cover of the OHCF.

2. Move the lever 1a to the rightward and turn the knob 1c to the right. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Addendum

14-12 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. Return the lever 1a to the original position.

4. Close the front cover of the OHCF.

Note If the front cover of the OHCF is not completely closed, a message will appear and the machine will not operate.

OHCF paper jams at lever 1b and knob 1c 1. Open the front cover of the OHCF.

2. Move the lever 1b to the rightward and turn the knob 1c to the right. Remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-13 User Guide

3. Return the lever 1b to the original position.

4. Close the front cover of the OHCF.

Note If the front cover of the OHCF is not completely closed, a message will appear and the machine will not operate.

OHCF paper jams at lever 1d and knob 1c 1. Open the front cover of the OHCF.

2. Move the lever 1d upwards and remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

Addendum

14-14 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

3. If the paper cannot be removed, turn the knob 1c clockwise, and then remove the jammed paper.

Note If paper is torn, check inside the machine and remove it.

4. Return the lever 1d to the original position.

5. Close the front cover of the OHCF.

Note If the front cover of the OHCF is not completely closed, a message will appear and the machine will not operate.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-15 User Guide

OHCF fault codes

If a jam/fault occurs in the Oversized High Capacity Feeder, the machines UI displays a jam/ fault message. The following table provides a list of fault codes for the Oversized High Capacity Feeder and a list of related finisher fault codes.

Fault code Possible cause Recommended solution

024 955 024 956

An OHCF tray is empty or out of paper

Add paper to correct OHCF Tray.

077 210 An OHCF tray is broken 1. Power Off/On. 2. If problems persist, contact the

Customer Support Center. Trays other than the OHCF trays may be used in the interim.

078 100 078 101 078 102

An OHCF tray has malfunctioned

1. Check the paper in the malfunctioning tray.

2. Power Off/On the machine. 3. If the errors persist, contact the

Customer Support Center.

078 210 078 211

An Optional OHCF tray malfunctioned

1. Check the paper setting of the paper trays and power Off/On the machine.

2. If problems persist, contact the Customer Support Center.

Note Trays other than the OHCF trays may be used in the interim.

078 260 078 261 078 262 078 263 078 264 078 265 078 266 078 267 078 268 078 269 078 270 078 271 078 272 078 273 078 274 078 275 078 276 078 277 078 278 078 279 078 280

An OHCF tray malfunctioned

1. Check the paper loaded in the trays. 2. Power Off/On the machine. 3. If problems persist, contact the

Customer Support Center.

Addendum

14-16 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

OHCF specifications

Oversized High Capacity Feeder (OHCF/Trays 6 and 7)

078 300 078 301 078 500 078 901 078 941 078 942 078 943

An OHCF tray has malfunctioned

1. Check the paper in the malfunctioning tray.

2. Power Off/On the machine. 3. If the errors persist, contact the

Customer Support Center.

Item Specification

Sheet size LEF: B5 7.25 x 10.5 in. (executive) A4/8.5 x 11 in. 8.0 x 10 in.

SEF: 8.5 x 11 in./A4 8.5 x 13 in. 8.5 x 14 in. 10 x 14 in./B4 11 x 17 in./A3 12 x 18 in. 12.6 x17.7 in./SRA3 13 x 18 in. 13 x 19 in. 12.6 x 19.2 in. B5 4 x 6 in./101.6 x 152.4 mm (postcard)

Custom sizes: 182-330 mm (7.2-13 in.) width and 182-488 mm (7.2-19.2 in.) length

Paper weight 18 lb. to 130 lb. cover/55-350 gsm

Paper capacity 2000 sheets/drawer Important: When using up to Xerox 24 lb./90 gsm paper.

Dimensions 39 in. (width) x 30 in. (depth) x 39 in. (height) 988 mm width (+/5 mm) x 762 mm depth (+/- 5 mm) x 992 mm height (+/- 5 mm)

Weight 254 lb. (115 kg) Important: The weight does not include any papers.

Fault code Possible cause Recommended solution

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-17 User Guide

Interface Module (IM) The Interface Module (IM) is an optional finishing accessory that is used in conjunction with other optional finishing accessories, such as the High Capacity Stacker (HCS), the Standard Finisher, or the Optional Booklet Maker Finisher. The Interface Module (IM) acts as a communication device and paper path between the printer and an optional finishing device such the High Capacity Stacker.

Control Panel

The Control Panel consists of the following:

1. Auto Curl button: This button selects the Auto Decurl function. 2. Manual Curl Up button: This button selects the three values of manual up curl. 3. Manual Curl Down button: This button selects the three values of manual down curl. 4. Auto Curl indicator: This indicates the that the Auto Curl Mode is selected. 5. Curl Up/Down Indicators: These indicate the amount of manual curl (up or down) that is

selected.

Interface Module

1

2

3

4

5

Addendum

14-18 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Paper path

As media enters the IM, it is fed to the Decurler for curl correction. The Decurler has both upper and lower decurl rolls that apply pressure to the media based upon the following:

System default Decurl selections made in tools-mode on the UI Manual selections made at the Decurler Control Panel.

Based on the decurl settings, the Decurler Gate routes the paper to either the up-curl (Cupped) path, or the down-curl (Bridged) path. The degree of pressure is applied independently to the upward and downward Decurler arms.

From the decurler, the print media is cooled and routed from the IM to the HCS and other connected finishing devices.

Paper curl

When paper is exposed to heat, the paper loses moisture and curls toward the heat source. High coverage jobs tend to curl more due to the toner plastification effect on the paper surface. The system tries attempts to reduce this by using a mechanical decurling device, located within the IM.

Some factors affecting paper curl are:

The weight of the paper and/or whether it is coated or uncoated. The amount of dry ink/toner and the area being coverage per sheet. How the paper is loaded in the tray. The atmospheric conditions of the paper storage room and at the printer location. The amount of heat generated during the fusing processes.

If the curl is unacceptable, you can change the setting.

Auto Decurler

In Auto Decurler mode, appropriate decurl settings are selected from the Tools Mode on the UI by:

1. Logging on as Administrator 2. Pressing the Machine Status button

From IOT To HCS / Finisher

Decurler

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-19 User Guide

3. Selecting the Tools tab 4. Selecting System Settings>Common Service Settings>Maintenance and 5. Selecting Decurler Setup

Preset Decurler settings

Your system is also designed with several automated presettings for controlling paper curl. When using these settings, the machine automatically sets the amount of curl correction at the Decurler. Therefore, if paper curl is a problem, use one of the preset Decurler settings in order to eliminate the problem.

When the media passes through the decurler, you are notified of the current amount of curl correction by-way-of the various LEDs on the Interface Module Control Panel. In addition to Auto Decurler mode, you can manually select curl correction from the Interface Module Control Panel.

Manual Decurler

The Manual Decurler mode has seven levels of curl correction available at the IM Control Panel: three levels of Up-curl correction and three levels of Down-curl correction, plus a No correction level.

The amount of curl correction is changed by selecting a related button. The current selected amount of curl correction is displayed by the Control Panel LEDs.

Jam clearance

If a jam occurs, the machine stops printing and a message is displayed on the User Interface (UI). Follow all instructions displayed completely and in the sequence shown.

Interface Module jams

Perform the following steps to clear the Interface Module jam and resume printing:

1. Open the Interface Module Front Cover. 2. Lift the green handles and/or rotate the green knob and remove all jammed paper and

paper scraps. 3. Close the Interface Module Front Cover.

Addendum

14-20 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

4. If the UI indicates there is a jam in the digital press, follow the instructions on the screen to remove any paper in the area indicates. Refer to the Jam Clearance section in the Problem Solving chapter in this manual.

5. Follow the instructions displayed on the digital press UI to resume printing.

Basic troubleshooting

When a problem occurs with your Interface Module, instructions may appear on the UI; refer to the information in this section to help resolve the problem.

The fault code table, which starts on the following page, lists problems and suggested solutions that apply to the Interface Module. If the problem persists after following all instructions, call your Xerox representative.

Fault Codes

Fault code Possible cause Recommended solution

048 100 048 102 048 103 048 900 048 901 048 903

Paper jam A jam occurred during feeding A jam notification is displayed on the UI

Open the front door. Carefully remove all sheets and paper scraps from jam clearance areas. Close the front door. Verify the paper used is within the approved paper specifications.

048 300 The front door is open. Close the front door.

048 310 048 311 048 312 048 313 048 314 048 315 048 316

Decurler sensor or belt problem

Power off, then power on

048 318 048 319

Cooling fan failure Power off, then power on

048 320 048 321 048 322

Communication failure or connection failure

Check the connection between Interface Module and the finishing device. Power off, then power on.

048 323 Interface Module failure Power off, then power on

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-21 User Guide

Specifications

Electrical

100V to 240V

Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Temperature and humidity

10 to 32C, 15 to 85RH

50 to 90F, 15 to 85RH

Note Above 82F (28C), reduced humidity is required to maintain the specified performance.

Addendum

14-22 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

High Capacity Stacker The High Capacity Stacker (HCS) is an optional finishing device that provides stacking and offsetting capabilities for output to a Stacker Tray. The HCS connects to the right side of the digital press by way of the Interface Module. The HCS replaces the Offset Catch Tray (OCT).

Identifying the Components

1. Provides manual control of the various functions of the HCS. 2. Collated sets (up to a total of 5000 sheets) are transported to the Stacker Tray located on a

moveable Stacker Cart.

High Capacity Stacker (HCS)

1 3

4 2

Interface Module

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-23 User Guide

3. Up to 500 sheets are transported to the Top Tray: When sheets are purged after a paper jam. When the Sample Set button is selected. When selected as an Output Location.Labels must be sent to the Top Tray.

4. Only used when a second stacking/finishing device is installed. This path transports collated sets through the HCS to a connected finishing device or to another HCS.

Control Panel

1. Sample indicator: This indicator blinks until a proof set is delivered to the Top Tray. 2. Sample button: Press this button to have the HCS deliver the next collated set to the top

tray. 3. Unload button: Press once to lower the Stacker Tray and unlock the front door. 4. Unload indicator: This indicator lights when the Stacker Tray has reached the down

position and the front door can be opened. 5. Top Tray jam area: Blinks when there is a jam in the top tray area (E7). 6. Exit jam area: Blinks where there is a jam in the exit area (E8). 7. Stacker Entrance jam area: Blinks when there is a jam in the Stacker Entrance area (E1, E2,

or E3). 8. Stacker Transport jam area: Blinks when there is a jam in the Stacker Transport area (E4,

E5, or E6).

HCS Trays

Top Tray

The Top Tray offers the following:

Copies/prints are aligned easily without folds or winkles in the output.

To enable easier pick-up of the output copies/prints, the HCS can be stopped by selecting the Stop button on the machine's UI.

215

34687

Addendum

14-24 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Sample Print feature

Sample prints can be printed by performing the following steps:

1. From the [Copy Output] feature, select: a. Collated or Uncollated and b. Output Destination/Offset Stacker

2. Select [Stacker - Stacker Cart] then [Real Time Sample Job]. 3. Select [Sample Job On].

The [Sample Job On] feature delivers specific pages or sets of an output job to the High Capacity Stackers Top Tray. The Sample Job allows the user to check the output while continuing to deliver the major portion of the job to the Stacker Cart.

For Collated output, for example, if the output is 100 sets of a 50-page original document, the user can choose 1-3 output sample sets.

For Uncollated output, for example, if the output is 100 copies of each page of a 50-page original document, the user can choose 1-3 sample pages

4. Enter the desired Sample pages/sets to print for the [First Sample] and then for the [Second Sample] and [Third Sample] (if applicable).

5. Select [Save].

Unloading the Stacker Tray

Use the following procedure to unload the Stacker Tray when it is full, or to retrieve a completed job:

1. Press the Unload button on the HCS Control Panel. The Wait light blinks until the Stacker Tray has reached the down position.

2. Open the front door when the Unload Light illuminates. 3. Position the securing bar on top of the stacked paper. 4. Pull the Stacker Cart straight out. Remove the securing bar. 5. Remove the paper from the Stacker Tray. 6. Push the empty Stacker Cart straight into the HCS. 7. Position the securing bar on the fixed area inside the HCS. 8. Close the door. The tray will rise to the operate position.

Unload button

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-25 User Guide

Jam Clearance

If a jam occurs, the machine stops printing and a message is displayed on the User Interface (UI). Follow all instructions displayed completely and in the sequence shown.

HCS Entrance Jams (E1, E2, and E3)

Perform the following steps to clear the HCS Entrance jam and resume printing:

1. Open the HCS Front Cover. Follow the instructions located inside the Front Cover to clear the E1, E2, or E3 jam.

2. Lift the green handle and/or rotate the green knob and remove all paper in the entrance area.

3. Close the green handle. 4. Close the HCS Front Cover. 5. If the UI indicates there is a jam in the digital press, follow the instructions on the screen to

remove any paper in the area indicates. Refer to the Jam Clearance section in the Problem Solving chapter in this manual.

6. Follow the instructions displayed on the digital press UI to resume printing.

HCS Transport Jams (E4, E5, and E6)

Perform the following steps to clear the HCS Transport jam and resume printing:

1. Open the HCS Front Cover. Follow the instructions located inside the Front Cover to clear the E4, E5, or E6 jam.

2. Lift the green handle and/or rotate the green knob and remove all paper in the transport area.

3. Close the green handle. 4. Close the HCS Front Cover.

Addendum

14-26 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

5. If the UI indicates there is a jam in the digital press, follow the instructions on the screen to remove any paper in the area indicates. Refer to the Jam Clearance section in the Problem Solving chapter in this manual.

6. Follow the instructions displayed on the digital press UI to resume printing.

HCS Top Tray Jam (E7)

Perform the following steps to clear the HCS Top Tray jam and resume printing:

1. Open the HCS Front Cover. 2. Remove the jammed paper from the Top Tray. 3. Close the HCS Front Cover. 4. If the UI indicates there is a jam in the digital press, follow the instructions on the screen to

remove any paper in the area indicates. Refer to the Jam Clearance section in the Problem Solving chapter in this manual.

5. Follow the instructions displayed on the digital press UI to resume printing.

HCS Exit Jam (E8)

Perform the following steps to clear the HCS Exit jam and resume printing:

1. Open the HCS Front Cover. Follow the instructions located inside the Front Cover to clear the E8 jam.

2. Lift the green handle and/or rotate the green knob and remove all paper in the exit area. 3. Close the HCS Front Cover. 4. If the UI indicates there is a jam in the digital press, follow the instructions on the screen to

remove any paper in the area indicates. Refer to the Jam Clearance section in the Problem Solving chapter in this manual.

5. Follow the instructions displayed on the digital press UI to resume printing.

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-27 User Guide

Hints and Tips for using the HCS 1. Check the paper in the Stack Tray for curl.

No, curl is not present. If the output acceptable and meets customer satisfaction, you are finished. If the output is not acceptable, call for service.

Yes, curl is present: continue to the next step. 2. Adjust the paper curl by using the Decurler Controls on the top of the Interface Module;

refer to page 18 for more information on adjusting paper curl. 3. If the output has not improved, adjust the paper curl again. 4. If the output still has not improved, call the Customer Support Center.

Fault Codes

Fault code Possible cause Recommended solution

049 100 049 101 049 102 049 104 049 106 049 108 049 113 049 114 049 115 049 116 049 117 049 119 049 121 049 900 049 901 049 902 049 903 049 905 049 907 049 908

Paper jam A jam occurred during feeding A jam notification is displayed on the UI

Open the front door. Carefully remove all sheets and paper scraps from jam clearance areas. Close the front door. Verify the paper used is within the approved paper specifications.

049 210 049 211

Front door sensor problem

Power off, then power on

049 212 049 213

Stacker tray did not raise or lower properly

Power off, then power on

049 214 049 215 049 216 049 217 049 218

Sensor problem/failure Power off, then power on

049 219 Front door software failure

The front door switch is detected as open, but the front door is actually closed (locked). Power off, then power on.

049 220 049 221

Stacker upper limit failure Stacker lower limit failure

Power off, then power on

Addendum

14-28 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

049 222 049 223 049 224 049 225 049 228 049 229 049 232 049 233 049 234 049 235 049 236 049 237 049 238 049 239 049 240 049 241 049 242 049 243 049 244 049 245 049 246 049 247 049 248 049 249 049 250 049 251 049 252 049 253

Sensor problem/failure Power off, then power on

049 280 049 281 049 282 049 283 049 284

Sensor problem/failure Power off, then power on

049 285 049 286

EEPROM error Power off, then power on

049 287 System error Power off, then power on

049 288 A board in the machine or HCS may be disconnected.

Power off, then power on

049 300 Upper cover is open Close the upper cover

049 310 HCS download mode failure

Power off, then power on

049 700 Error in stacking the output paper/media

Remove the paper from the stacker tray

049 940 Front door is open Close the front door

049 941 UI indicates the Stacker Cart and/or Tray needs to be reset

Press the Unload button. The Wait light blinks until the Stacker Tray has reached the down position. When the Stacker Tray has reached the down position, open the front door. Position the Stacker Cart securely into the HCS. Close the front door.

Fault code Possible cause Recommended solution

Addendum

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer 14-29 User Guide

Loss of power

If power is interrupted to the HCS:

Ensure the power cord is plugged in to the proper wall receptacle Ensure that the machine power is switched On Ensure that the Ground Fault Indicator is in the On position If the power has not been restored by checking the above items, then call for service

Specifications

Paper guidelines Stacker Tray will accept 64-280 gsm (either coated or uncoated stock) with the possibility

of degraded stock quality and increased jam rate

Transparencies may be run to either the Top Tray or the Stack Tray. Stack height should be limited to 100 transparencies.

Coated paper lighter than 100 gsm may not run as reliably as coated paper heavier than 100 gsm.

Non-standard papers longer than 305 mm (12 in.) in the feed direction require 210 mm (8.3 in.) minimum measurement across the feed direction.

Non-standard papers shorter than 254 mm (10 in.) in the cross-feed direction require 330 mm (13 in.) minimum measurement in the feed direction.

049 945 The UI displays a message indicating that the Top Tray is full.

Remove all the paper from the Top Tray.

049 960 Message on machine UI states that the Stacker Tray needs to be empty before reaching its full capacity.

Empty the Stacker Tray. Check the output at the for paper curl exceeding 1 in./

25.4 mm. If the paper curl on the output exceeds 1 in./25.4 mm,

adjust the paper curl at the Interface Module; refer to page 18 for specific instructions.

049 960 049 961 049 962 049 963 049 964 049 967 049 969 049 970 049 971 049 972

The UI displays the following message, Take out the paper stack.

Press the Unload button. The Wait light blinks until the Stacker Tray has reached the down position. When the Stacker Tray has reached the down position, open the front door. Remove the Stacker Cart. Remove all the stacked paper. Position the Stacker Cart securely into the HCS. Close the front door. Power off, then power on

Fault code Possible cause Recommended solution

Addendum

14-30 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

Electrical

100V to 240V

Frequency: 50/60 Hz

Temperature and humidity

10 to 32C, 15 to 85RH

50 to 90F, 15 to 85RH

Note Above 82F (28C), reduced humidity is required to maintain the specified performance.

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer Glossary-1 User Guide

Glossary

abort To terminate a program, printing, or non-printing execution before it is completed.

account A way to identify a job. An account can consist of a mixture of letters, numbers, and symbols. If an account is not entered, the system will indicate none specified.

AppleTalk The network communication protocol inherent to the Apple Macintosh operating system.

application software software resident on the client workstation used to create print documents.

ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange: Standardized code that represents letters, numbers, and other characters established by the American National Standards Institute to achieve compatibility between data processing and data communications equipment.

Banner Page A page printed with each print request that shows you who submitted the print request, the request ID, when the request was printed, and other information about the printed job.

bind To join printed pages and covers in order to form a book.

bindexer A sorter that is located inside the printers finisher. The bindexer collates the pages of each print set.

bitmap An electronic image. It is comprised of a matrix of picture elements (pixels or dots), where a bit value of one means that the picture element is imaged, and a bit value of zero means that the picture element is not imaged. The number of picture elements in a square area is a function of the display device resolution.

boot To load initial instructions into the memory of the computer. These instructions then direct the loading of the rest of the program.

buffer An area of memory used for the temporary storage of data as it is being transferred from one location to another.

Cartridge Font Fonts that were added to the Print Server using floppy disk, CD ROM, UNIX directory, or downloaded through a queue as part of a job request. These fonts can be deleted from the system when they are no longer needed.

caution A notice that alerts the user to the safety information that will prevent damage to the equipment.

client software The software that enables the submission of print jobs to the Print Server.

collated A method of stacking the printed pages. The prints are grouped in a 1-2-3, 1- 2-3, 1-2-3 page order. See also, uncollated

command A statement that instructs the system to perform a specific operation.

command line A string of statements with possible arguments that you enter to instruct the system to perform an operation or series of operations.

controller A primary component of the printing system that manages the queueing and processing of print jobs sent over the network, as well as various other tasks.

data stream The format of data passed from one device to another.

Glossary

Glossary-2 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

decomposer A Print Server subsystem that generates the bitmap image that is based on the PDL file.

decomposition service A process within the print service that allows, through the use of various applications and options, the saving of files as TIFF image files.

default A particular setting or value for a variable that is assigned automatically by the software and remains in effect until cancelled or changed by the operator. This setting is designed to produce the best results using the available settings. See also; System Specified.

device Any piece of equipment that accepts PDL jobs and provides output resulting from those jobs. A laser printer capable of interpreting PDL and outputting text and images is a device. Equivalent terms for device are printer, printing device, output device, and raster device.

device dependent A feature associated with a particular model of device. Device-dependent features result in output varying from one printing device to another.

diagnostics The programs that are used to diagnose problems within the system or to help service personnel pinpoint the source of such problems.

directory Logical grouping of files and subdirectories that are identified by name.

DocuSP The Xerox application software that runs on the workstation which becomes the interface connection between the client and the printer. DocuSP is now named the Xerox FreeFlow Print Server.

dpi Dots per inch.

driver A program that links a peripheral device to the operating system.

dry ink The minute particles of resin and carbon black toner that are deposited and fused onto the page to create images.

duplex To print on both sides of a sheet of paper.

edge treatment Lead Edge Screening is used to prevent fuser wraps on documents that print edge to edge by lightening the image along the leading edge, thus reducing the amount of toner. Some documents contain a dense image along one edge of the paper causing an increase in the amount of toner in that region. If that region is at the leading edge of the paper, the excess toner may cause the paper to wrap around the fuser and jam the printer.

error message A message displayed on the system or printed on an error page, informing you of an error or a fault that occurred with the processing of a job.

Error Page A page printed at the end of a print job that includes error messages, if any occurred.

Ethernet The network architecture standard consisting of a coaxial cable and associated components for connecting workstations to each other, file servers, and peripherals. This communication system enables workstation users to share information and services.

Exception Pages Pages within a job where special page characteristics are set. Exception Pages can be a different stock size or color, side imaged or other options available on the FreeFlow Print Server.

extension The portion of a filename that follows a period. In some instances the extension identifies the file type. For example, .ps would specify a PostScript file.

Glossary

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer Glossary-3 User Guide

fault A condition which prevents proper processing of a print job and requires the intervention of an operator. For example, a paper jam is a fault.

filename A name of a file or a directory.

fill The PostScript graphic operation in which the inside of a shape is painted with some color, such as black or a pattern.

finishing The operations that are performed after a document leaves the press. For example, binding is a finishing operation.

fixed disk A disk drive permanently mounted within a computer. Same as hard disk.

font A complete set of alphanumeric characters and symbols that have common characteristics such as style (typeface), point size, weight, and stress. Computers store font images in data files, defined in either bitmap or contour format. For example, 10 point Helvetica Light Italic.

font renderer This is an option that allows the System Administrator to select the rasterizer that will be used to process PCL jobs that contain scalable fonts. Additional parameters may be set for the selected rasterizer to enhance the printing of Intellifont and True Type fonts.

format The layout of a document, including margins, page length, line spacing, and font; to prepare a disk to accept data.

frame The unit of data within a packet whose specifications are defined by the network architecture and network communications protocol.

FreeFlow Print Server The Xerox application software that runs on the workstation which becomes the interface connection between the client and the printer.

FTP File Transfer Protocol: A network protocol layer used for reliably transferring files over a network, built upon TCP/IP.

fuser wrap A condition, resulting in a paper jam, during which the output sheet of paper sticks to the fuser roll and the paper curls around the roll.

gateway A network switching device used to connect incompatible networks.

Graphical User Interface (GUI)

A graphics based user interface. It acts as a means of input/output allowing users to interface in a more intuitive and effective way. GUIs consist of windows, icons, and pull-down/pop-up menus.

grayscale An image in which each picture element (pixel or dot) is defined as a gray value as opposed to black or white values. An image file may contain different numbers of gray values depending on its resolution. A halftone screen is applied to grayscale images to prepare them for printing on devices that are capable of printing only solid black dots.

GUI See Graphical User Interface.

Half Bitting A control that simulates a partial change in position of a pixel by printing every other pixel and allowing the printer to smooth out the ripples. The resulting effect is that peaks and valleys of the pixels are smoothed.

halftone screen A tool used in the offset printing, typesetting, and laser printing process to convert a continuous tone (photographic) image to dots. This allows the image to be printed using one of the printing processes.

hard disk A disk drive permanently mounted within a computer. Same as fixed disk.

head to head To print the reverse side of a page so that the finished document opens like a book.

Glossary

Glossary-4 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

head to toe To print the reverse side of a page so that the finished document opens like a calendar.

highlight A visual indication that an object is in a special state. Often used to denote that an item is selected.

Hold Delaying the printing of a selected job.

humidity The degree of wetness in the printer.

HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol: The communication protocol used on the World Wide Web.

icon A small pictorial representation of a base window. When an icon is used, it conserves screen space and keeps the window available for easier access.

image The rectangular array of sample values. Each sample value represents some gray-level value or color. Also known as sampled image.

image quality An option that allows a System Administrator to set a variety of functions to enhance the quality of the printed image based on the type of PDL file being printed and the type of fonts being used.

Image Shift A job option that allows you to adjust the location on a page where printing will occur by shifting the image horizontally and/or vertically along an X and/ or Y axis.

ineligible job A job whose resources are not available to the printer (such as yellow paper, tabs, etc.) Once the resource becomes available, the job will print.

interpolation An algorithm used to convert bitmap data from one resolution to a bitmap having another resolution.

interposer A device that provides additional paper trays for a printer and allows for the use of preprinted forms or inserts that can be inserted into a job without needing to pass through the fuser.

Internal Font One of the resident fonts loaded at installation.

IOT Image Output Terminal: The part of a printer or a copier that actually marks the paper.

IP The Internet Protocol of the TCP/IP communications suite.

job A document file that is associated with a set of printing instructions. Print data, print options data, and other information required for processing and printing a document.

job flow The path a job takes from creation to completion at the printer.

Job Forwarding A FreeFlow Print Server option that provides you with the ability to forward a job from one system to another.

Job Inserts Pages that separate specific pages of a job.

Job Manager A printer control module which provides for management and processing of jobs from the time they are received to the time they are printed.

job size The size of the print master data file measured in bytes.

job status The status of a print job in the print queue.

job submission The process of sending a document with an attached job ticket to the server.

Glossary

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer Glossary-5 User Guide

job ticket A file that contains all the settings that will determine how the printer will print your document. For example, a typical job ticket contains information on paper type, simplex or duplex, binder or tab pages, and number of copies to fit. It also contains information on whether the document has any finishing options set, like stapling, binding, etc.

LAN Local Area Network: A network connecting computer and peripheral devices through cables.

landscape The page orientation in which page images are arranged horizontally on the page so that the resulting image is wider than it is long; contrast to portrait.

log A file that contains a record of events such as messages, errors, and job and accounting information.

logon The process of gaining access to a system by entering a user name and, optionally, a password.

log out The process of exiting a user work session on a system.

Long Edge Feed (LEF) The orientation in which the paper is fed through the imaging system long- edge first. See also, Short Edge Feed.

lpr Refers both to the print protocol provided in the internet protocol suite and to the program that implements part of that protocol. A command used to submit a job.

menu A group of controls contained in a list of options.

minimum thickening The width of a minimum stroke in pixels.

misregistration The result of incorrectly aligned colors due to many factors including paper stretch, and press alignment. Misregistration results in white gaps and shifted hues. See also, trapping.

modules Individual control units within the software. The FreeFlow Print Server contains the following modules: Job Manager, Printer Manager, Reprint Manager, Queue Manager, Color Manager, and Administration.

moire The pattern which results because of one screen angle overprinting other screen angles in color printing.

named stock A particular paper stock which has been assigned a particular name to make it easier to identify the stock and its associated characteristics (color, weight, size, etc.) within the stock list.

offset A stacking option that delivers printed output in a manner where the edge of each printed job set is placed a few inches from the edge of the other printed sets.

operating system (OS) Computer software that controls the low-level operations of computer hardware, including input and output to memory, disk drives, and peripherals.

Operator A logon level of the FreeFlow Print Server system. The Operator, typically equivalent to the print operator, possesses less access rights than the System Administrator and more rights than a walk-up user.

Ordered Stock Stock placed in a specific order in a tray, such as tab stock.

orientation The position of the page image relative to the actual page; describes whether the printed image is parallel to the long side of the paper (landscape orientation) or to the short side of the paper (portrait orientation).

Padding A term used to refer to Uncollated Sets with Separators.

Glossary

Glossary-6 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

password A combination of letters and numbers associated with a user name. A password provides security for a user account.

path The route to a file on a disk.

PCL Printer Command Language: A text-oriented language developed by Hewlett Packard primarily for use with its own range or printers. It is also compatible with many other printers. It supports graphics, text, and images with a wide variety of fonts.

PDL Page Description Language: A file format that provides a set of instructions to the printer describing the appearance of a page or pages. PostScript and PCL are examples of page description languages.

peripheral A device used in conjunction with a computer or workstation usually for input or output. Printers and modems are examples of peripherals.

permissions The attribute of a file or directory that specifies who has read, write, or execute access.

pitch The number of characters per inch.

pixel An abbreviation for picture element. The smallest addressable element on the scan line of the output device. Pixels have a finite size which depends on the resolution of the device. For example, a pixel on a 300 spi printer is 1/300 of an inch wide.

platform A combination of hardware and operating system software.

portrait The page orientation in which page images are arranged vertically on the page so that the resulting image is taller than it is wide; contrast to landscape.

PostScript A page description language developed by Adobe Systems, Inc. It supports graphics, text, and images with a wide variety of fonts. It is designed to be printer independent.

PostScript job A PostScript program such as a creators final form document. Also referred to as a PostScript master or PDL file.

PostScript stroke command

A PostScript graphic operation in which the length of a path is painted with a color, such as black.

power off To shut down the system.

power on To start the system.

power saver A printer mode which enables you to minimize the printer power consumption during times of no usage. Both manual and automatic power saver activation is available.

ppm Pages per minute.

preferences Preferred settings which can be set within the software to control such things as language and fonts.

preferred tray This is the tray in the printer that contains the most commonly used stock. The printer can be set up to use this tray as the default, until its stock runs out.

primary stock Primary stock is the most commonly used paper stock in the printer.

print application software

Software resident on the client workstation used to create print documents.

print client The application or machine in the distributed system that assembles a service request and submits the request to the server.

Glossary

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer Glossary-7 User Guide

print job An object that represents a request to print one or more documents together on a logical printer.

Print Now A Job Manager option that allows you to interrupt a currently printing job to print another selected job.

print options A set of options available for controlling the processing of a print job. Print options include simplex or duplex printing, media selection, collating, stitching, etc. Print options can be sent to the Print Server as a part of the job, providing automatic job processing.

print queue A queue that temporarily stores print jobs that have been sent over the network.

print service A print service accepts printing requests and performs the indicated actions.

printer The hardware component that places the page image on a physical page.

Printer Manager A component of the software designed to set up and manage functions of the printer such as, paper trays, paper stock, stacking, and stock size checking.

priority The order in which queues are serviced.

proof job A job option that can be achieved by selecting [Job: Proof]. If this option is selected, a single copy of the document will be printed. A benefit to this is that the printer operator gets the chance to view the document before a long print run is begun. When a job is proofed, it is not removed from the queue as occurs when the job is released to the printer. This also helps you to avoid having to resubmit the job from your workstation.

promote Moving a job above all pending jobs in the queue.

public net The customers main enterprise-wide network, comprising possibly many segments joined by gateways and routers.

queue A subdirectory on a print server where jobs are stored until the print server can deliver them to the printer.

Queue Manager A component of the software that allows you to create, manage, and modify queues.

RAM Random Access Memory. Volatile memory used for temporary storage of data and software commands, used by programs for immediate task processing.

Raster Image Processor (RIP)

The hardware and/or software that rasterizes an image by changing text and images into an array of pixels that will be printed.

rasterizer A portion of software that converts graphic objects made up of vectors, or line segments, into dots for output to raster graphic screens and printers.

reboot Reloading initial instructions into the memory of the computer. These instructions then direct the loading of the remainder of the programs.

release Allows the selected held job to be printed. The job is placed immediately after all printing or pending jobs in the queue.

Reprint Manager A component of the software that allows reprinting of jobs that have been saved through the decomposition service.

Resident Fonts The fonts that are loaded on the server at the time of installation and cannot be deleted.

resolution The measurement of the number of picture elements (pixels or dots) per square area of unit.

Glossary

Glossary-8 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

RIP See Raster Image Processor.

rotation To turn a page image from its current position. 0 (zero) degrees represents no rotation.

router A device used to connect networks or similar or different architectures to isolate data transmission within each network.

Sample Job A print file in a specific PDL format whose printed result is known. The output of the Sample Job on a subject printer is compared with the known result as a diagnostic tool to determine whether the printer is working properly.

SBM Signature Booklet Marker.

scalable fonts A mathematical equation that describes to the printer how to draw the characters of a font. Because only one equation must be stored to produce a character in a variety of sizes, the required amount of memory is much less than for bitmap fonts.

scroll bar A control that is used to move the view of the data displayed in a window or work space settings.

scrolling Using the scroll bar to view data that cannot be viewed entirely within a single pane.

select To choose from a list of options, such as those in a menu.

Separators Extra paper or other media that are inserted between document sets of a print job. Also referred to as Slip sheets.

server In a computer network, a unit that provides a specific service (such as data storage and computer services) to network users.

settings The controls used for defining values.

Short Edge Feed (SEF) Laser printing in which the paper is fed through the imaging system short- edge first. See also, Long Edge Feed.

simplex Printing on one side of the paper.

slider A control used to set a value and give a visual indication of the setting.

Slip Sheets Extra paper or other media that are inserted between document sets of a print job. Also referred to as Separators.

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol: A widely used protocol for managing networks.

Soft Fonts Fonts that are loaded on the server any time after the initial installation using floppy disk, CD ROM, UNIX directory, or downloaded through a queue as part of a job request. These fonts can be deleted when they are no loner needed.

Solaris A bundled software release from Sun Microsystems which includes the Sun Operating System.

spi Spots per inch.

spooling space Space allocated on a print server for storing requests in the printer queue.

stacking To offset stacks for collated output, uncollated output, or both. This enables stacks or sets of prints to be delivered in a staggered pile.

staple A finishing option that uses precut wire to staple each print set.

Glossary

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer Glossary-9 User Guide

status The current condition of a system component.

status message The information generated by an application that informs you about the progress of a process.

stitch A finishing option which cuts and inserts the wired stitches into each print set.

Stocastic Screening The process of using randomly spaced dots instead of the traditional halftone dots aligned along designated screen angles. The concept of Stocastic Screening is dots that are spaced randomly will not cause moire patterns. The Stocastic Screen prevents screening interference patterns, but it can cause graininess and other visual artifacts.

stock The various types of paper used for printing.

stock list A list available within the interface that identifies all stock types currently loaded on the printer or that are available to be loaded.

stock name A name assigned to a particular stock to make it easier to identify the stock and its associated characteristics (color, weight, size, etc.) within the stock list.

string A sequence of alphanumeric characters treated as one unit of data by a program.

stroke The weight, or width of a character or line.

subnet mask A series of 4 bytes whose bits identify the corresponding bits in a 4-byte networkhost addresses as network versus host addresses. The 1s in the mask correspond to the bits used for the network address. The 0s in the mask correspond to the bits used for the host address.

System Administrator The person generally responsible for configuring, operating, and maintaining network systems and workstations. The System Administrator can access and control all system and job data except service data and functions.

System Specified The system determines the most appropriate settings for the given job. This could be an output location, output order, or resolution. System Specified settings can generally be changed by selecting various FreeFlow Print Server system options in the Setup: Preferences window. See also, default.

2D Overstrike 2D Overstrike is a PCL image quality control that causes each scan line to be shifted by one pixel in both the fast and slow scan directions and to be merged with the original scan line. The will cause very dark patterns to be printed as a solid black line.

2-sided The 2-sided selection enables or disables printing on both sides of the paper.

2X scaling 2X scaling is a PCL image quality control that scales the patterns by a factor of two. This process works well for printing user-defined patterns designed for 300 dpi.

Tagged Image File Format (TIFF)

A common image format developed by Aldus and Microsoft for scanned color and black and white images. It is a versatile, reliable, and widely supported bitmap format designed for exchanging digital information.

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol: Commonly used network communications protocol supported by the FreeFlow Print Server. It is a set of data communications protocols, or a type of language that the devices use to speak with each other.

throughput The measurement of the speed of a printer, expressed in pages per minute.

TIFF See Tagged Image File Format.

Glossary

Glossary-10 Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer User Guide

toner Particles of resin and carbon black. Toner accepts an electrical charge and is used to create the xerographic prints.

trapping An image processing technique used to compensate for misregistration in a print engine or press.

UFST Agfas Universal Font Scaling Technology, is one of several font rasterizers. The USFT control setting is used to adjust the amount of thickening for Intellifont scalable fonts.

uncollated A method of stacking printed pages. Documents are printed in separate sets of each page. Printing two sets of a three page document would result in a 1- 1-1, 2-2-2 page order. See also, collated.

UNIX An operating system for computers, usually working in a network environment. It consists of a hierarchical system of commands, shells, files, and directories.

Unspecified Stock A stock name that presents the system with a minimum of limitations for printing.

VIPP Variable Data Internet PostScript PrintWare: Setting up and using a VIPP cache queue enables you to reuse desired document objects that exist in a post ripped state.

virtual printers Logical names for the printer that allow different sets of default attributes to be applied to submitted jobs. The Print Operator and System Administrator define virtual printer names and the associated set of attributes and values.

Walk Up User Has the minimum access rights. This user is not required to logon.

warm boot Restarting the Print Server while power is still on.

warning A notice that alerts users to safety information that will prevent personal injury.

weight Refers to the weight of the paper stock in grams per square meter (gsm) or pounds. The papers weight is usually printed on the ream wrapper.

workstation A computer able to process data but designed specifically for interaction with a network.

write black The laser images the location on the photoreceptor where black marks are to be printed. The technology enhances the ability to consistently print the fine details associated with lines, text, and halftone dots thereby producing uniform, smooth gray tones and graphics.

write white The laser images the location on the photoreceptor where white marks are to be printed.

X axis The horizontal axis on a grid.

Y axis The vertical axis on a grid.

zone Logical, user-defined grouping of devices in an AppleTalk intranet that makes it easier to locate network services.

Index

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer I-1 User Guide

Index

Numerics 2 Sided

book copy, 2-24, 2-25 originals, 3-3 transmitting originals, 3-3

A Add Address Book Entry, 10-29 Address book, 3-8, 3-35 Auto (Output Color), 3-41

B Basic copying, 2-9, 2-11 Black (Output Color), 3-41 Booklet creation, 2-33 bottom left cover, 1-1 Bound originals, 2-22, 3-19 Build job, 2-55, 2-56, 2-57, 2-58 Built-in fonts, 13-4

C Center erase, 2-23 CentreWare Internet Services, 4-4 Change document name, 5-12, 5-13 Checking

completed jobs, 9-3 current jobs, 9-2 pending jobs, 9-2

Completed jobs checking, 9-3

Confirmation indicator, 1-2 Continuous copy pages, 13-3 Continuous copy speed, 13-3 Continuous printing speed, 13-4 Copier type, 13-1 Copy

Punching, 2-53 Stapling, 2-53

Copy & Print Jobs deleting, 5-11

Copy (sheet) size, 13-2, 13-6 Copy density, 2-18 Copy document size, 13-1 Copy paper, 13-2

Copy position Margin shift, 2-28

Copy reduction, 13-2 Copying

basic, 2-9, 2-11 Covers, 2-35, 2-36 Current Faults, 10-21 Current jobs

checking, 9-2 Current Messages, 10-22

D D, 13-4 Data, 13-4 Delayed print document

deleting, 9-10, 9-11 Delete Documents After Retrieval (system

settings), 5-1 Delete Documents with Expiry Date (system

settings), 5-2 Delete inside, 2-59 Delete outside, 2-59 Deleting

delayed print document, 9-10, 9-11 programming, 10-18

Deleting Copy & Print Jobs documents, 5-11 Detailed settings, 3-24, 3-39 Dimensions, 13-3 Document

change name, 5-12, 5-13 glass, 2-3 jams, 12-73 scanning speed, 13-5 size, 13-5

document cover, 1-1 document glass, 1-1 document guides, 1-2 document output tray, 1-2 document stopper, 1-2

E E-mail, 3-6 E-mail Print, 4-13 Enlarge presets, 2-11 Enlarging, 2-11 Error messages, 12-25 Exiting the Power Saver Mode, 1-16 Extended printing area, 13-12

Index Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer

I-2 User Guide

F Fast copy time, 13-2 Fault History, 10-22 Feeding stage number / paper capacity, 13-6 Folding, 2-42, 2-43, 2-44 Form overlay, 2-58 Forwarding protocol, 3-35 front cover, 1-1 FTP / SMB, scan to, 3-34 Full Color (Output Color), 3-41 fuser, 1-2

G Graduation, 13-1 Grayscale (Output Color), 3-41

H High Capacity Feeder

Feeding / paper capacity, 13-6 sheet size, 13-6 size / weight, 13-6 specifications, 13-6

HP-GL/2 Emulation, 10-12

I Image quality

poor, 2-19 problems, 12-7

Image repeat, preset, 2-53 Image rotation, 2-29 Independent X-Y%, 2-13 Interface, 13-4, 13-5 IP address, 10-2

J Job assembly, 2-54 Job status

overview, 9-1

K Keyboard, 3-24, 3-39

L left cover, 1-2 Link Job Flow Sheet to Mailbox (system

settings), 5-2 Low power mode, 1-16

M Machine configuration, 10-3 Machine serial number, 10-2 Mail send, 13-5 Making

2 sided copies, 2-16 clear copies of newspapers (see "Auto

Exposure"), 2-20 Margin, 2-28 Memory capacity, 13-4 Message Contents, 3-11 Minimum space requirements, 13-3 Mixed size originals, 2-26, 2-27, 2-28, 2-29,

2-30, 2-31 Multi-page TIFF, 3-4

N network scanner driver, 4-17 Newspapers, making clear copies, 2-20 Notes and restrictions, 13-13

O Optional Color Scanner Kit, 3-41 Original size, 2-25, 2-26, 2-27, 2-28, 2-29,

2-30, 2-31 Original type, 2-19, 2-20 Output

format, 2-32 orientation, 2-53 resolution, 13-1

Output Color, 3-41 Overwrite Hard Disk, 10-6

P Page description language, 13-4 Paper jams, 12-41 Paper supply, 2-14 Paper supply capacity, 13-3 Paper Tray Attributes, 10-30 Paper Tray Status, 10-4 Password (system settings), 5-1 PCL Emulation, 10-8 PDF direct printing, 10-19 Pending jobs

checking, 9-2 Poor image quality, 12-7 Power consumption, 13-3 Power Saver mode, 1-16 Power source, 13-3 Power switch, 1-1 Powering Off, 1-15

Index

Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer I-3 User Guide

Powering On, 1-14 Preferentially printing pending print

jobs, 9-12 Preset repeat image, 2-53 Print Mode, 10-8 Print Reports, 10-4 Printing

a delayed print document, 9-11 secure print documents, 9-7, 9-9

printing, 4-1 Programming

deleting, 10-18 storing, 10-18

R Reduce presets, 2-11 Reducing, 2-11 Repeat image, 2-40 Resolution, 13-4

S Sample set, 2-56, 2-57, 2-58 Scan graduation, 13-5 Scan resolution, 13-5 Scan size, 13-5

non-standard size document, 2-25 Scan to FTP / SMB, 3-34, 13-5 Scan to mailbox, 3-26, 3-29, 13-5 Scanner

optional color, 3-41 Scanning

resolution, 13-1 scanning, 4-14 Secure print documents

printing, 9-7, 9-9 Sending E-mails, 4-13 Serial number, 10-2 Set

numbering, 2-50 Settings

at startup, 10-19 detailed, 3-24, 3-39

Setup, 10-13 Single-page TIFF, 3-4 Size / Weight, 13-6 Sleep mode, 1-16 Software version, 10-3 Standard printing area, 13-12 Staple cartridge, 1-4 Stapler faults, 12-76 Stored programs

calling, 7-9

deleting, 7-6 naming / renaming, 7-7 registering and changing the names, 7-7

Storing programming, 10-18 Subject, 3-11 Supplies tab, 10-23 Supported OS, 13-4 Supported protocol, 13-4

T Tab copying, 2-52 TIFF

Multi-page, 3-4 single-page, 3-4

Toner cartridges, 11-1, 11-3, 11-5 toner cartridges, 1-2 Tools tab, 10-28 Transmitting 2-sided originals, 3-3 Transparency separators, 2-38 Tray 1, 1-1 Tray 2, 1-1 Tray 3, 1-1 Tray 4, 1-1 Tray 5, 1-1 Troubleshooting, 12-1

U Unable to print, 12-16 User Account Billing Information, 10-28 User Interface, 1-1

W Warm-up time, 13-1 Waste toner container, 11-1 waste toner container, 1-2 waste toner container cover, 1-2 Weight, 13-3

Index Xerox 4112/4127 Copier/Printer

I-4 User Guide

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the 4127 Xerox works, you can view and download the Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the User Guide for Xerox 4127 as well as other Xerox manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The User Guide should include all the details that are needed to use a Xerox 4127. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Xerox 4127 Printer User Guide as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.